Professional Documents
Culture Documents
CODE: 00ZAR5731/S1E
DIGITAL
MULTIFUNCTIONAL
SYSTEM
MODEL
AR-5726/5731
CONTENTS
Parts marked with are important for maintaining the safety of the set. Be sure to replace these parts with
specified ones for maintaining the safety and performance of the set.
CONTENTS
[5] ADJUSTMENTS
2. Details of adjustment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 1
[6] SIMULATION
1. General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 1
2. Simulation code list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 3
3. Details of simulation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 6
[7] SELF DIAG AND TROUBLE CODE
1. Trouble code list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 1
2. Details of trouble code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 2
[8] MAINTENANCE
1. Maintenance list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 1
2. Details of Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 3
5. Environment conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 3
Staple cartridge
[MX-SCX1]
Finisher
[MX-FN13]
Installation of the
MX-FN13 is required.
Machine stand
(Large)
[MX-DS11]
Machine stand
(Small)
[MX-DS12]
[AR-FX7]
[AR-SM5](256MB)
[AR-SM6](512MB)
[AR-MM9]
[2] SPECIFICATIONS
1. Basic function
31-sheet
model
A3
15
17
B4/8.5 x 13
17
20
A4/B5/A5/8.5 x 11/
5.5 x 8.5/16K
26
31
A4R/8.5 x 11R/16KR
18
24
B5R
21
11 x 17
14
17
8.5 x 14
16
20
14
17
Paper size
Tray 1-4
A. Base engine
(1) Type
Type
26-sheet
model
Tray
Desktop
Copying method
Developing system
Charging system
Sawtooth charging
Transfer system
Cleaning system
Fusing system
Heat roller
8K
Manual paper
feed
19
A3
8.5 x 13
17
20
B4
16
19
A4/B5/A5/8.5 x 11/
5.5 x 8.5/16K
23
27
A4R/8.5 x 11R
19
22
16KR
Occupied
dimensions (W x D)
(when the manual
paper feed tray is
extended)
898 x 628mm
Weight
About 46kg
23
B5R
21
11 x 17
14
24
16
8.5 x 14
16
19
(4) Warmup
Voltage/Current
220 - 240V 8A
Frequency
50/60Hz
Inlet type
Power switch
1 power source
Warm-up time
Pre-heat
Yes
Maximum rated
power consumption
1.45kw
Default (1 minute)
(11) Memory
Local Memory
26-sheet model
31-sheet model
4.8 sec
4.5 sec
RSPF
Standard
32MB
Expansion
512MB x 2
Max.
1056MB
B. Controller board
(1) Controller board
SPLC board
Interface
Ethernet
No
600 x 600dpi
Memory
No
Smoothing (Print)
---
Gradation
Writing: Binary
Writing resolution
C. Operation panel
Type
AB series: 416 x 293mm
(600dpi: 9826dot x 6920dot)
Inch series: 428 x 275mm
(600dpi: 10110dot x 6496dot)
Front/Rear: Less than 4mm
Right/Left total: Less than 6mm at actual
(100%) size
Size
192 x 72mm
LCD backlight
Yes
AR-5726/5731 SPECIFICATIONS 2 - 1
D. Scanner section
Type
(1) Resolution/Gradation
Reading
resolution
(dpi)
Transmission
resolusion
(dpi)
Copy mode
Platen
400 x 600dpi
RSPF
400 x 600dpi
Scan speed
Copy
31-sheet model:
27 sheets/min
(400 x 600dpi)
26-sheet model:
26 sheets/min
(400 x 600dpi)
31-sheet model:
13.6 side/min
(400 x 600dpi)
26-sheet model:
13.6 side/min
(400 x 600dpi)
Fax
40 sheets/min
(Normal text, A4R)
17 sheets/min
(Normal text, A4R)
Document set
direction
Face-up reference
Document standard
position
Center reference
Document transport
system
Document size
AB series: A3 - A5
Inch series: 11 x 17 - 5.5 x 8.5
Normal
text
Fine
text
Super
fine
text
Ultra
fine
text
Input resolution:
OC
203.2
x
293.4
203.2
x
293.4
203.2
x
391.2
406.4
x
586.7
Input resolution:
RSPF
203.2
x
293.4
203.2
x
293.4
203.2
x
391.2
406.4
x
586.7
Transmission
resolution
203.2
x
97.8
203.2
x
195.6
203.2
x
391
406.4
x
391
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Half tone
RSPF
(Automatic duplex document feeder unit)
Reading
gradation
256 gradations
Document weight
Exposure
lamp
Output
gradation
Binary
Max. loading
capacity of
documents
Transport disable
document
Detection
Yes
Detection size
Inch
series
Automatic setting
11 x 17, 8.5 x 14, 8.5 x 11,
8.5 x 11R, 5.5 x 8.5, A3, A4
Manual setting
11 x 17, 8.5 x 14, 8.5 x 13 (216 x
330), 8.5 x 11, 8.5 x 11R,
5.5 x 8.5, A3, A4, A4R
AB
series
Automatic setting
11 x 17, 8.5 x 11, A3, B4, A4,
A4R, B5, B5R, A5
Manual setting
11 x 17, 8.5 x 14, 8.5 x 13 (216 x
330), 8.5 x 11, 8.5 x 11R, A3, B4,
A4, A4R, A5
Scanning area
297 x 431.8mm
Original standard
position
Detection
Yes
Detection size
Inch
series
Automatic setting
11 x 17, 8.5 x 14, 8.5 x 11,
8.5 x 11R, 5.5 x 8.5
Manual setting
11 x 17, 8.5 x 14, 8.5 x 13 (216 x
330), 8.5 x 11, 8.5 x 11R,
5.5 x 8.5, A3, A4, A4R
AB
series
Automatic setting
A3, B4, A4, A4R, A5
Manual setting
11 x 17, 8.5 x 14, 8.5 x 13 (216 x
330), 8.5 x 11, 8.5 x 11R, A3, B4,
A4, A4R, A5
Multi copy
AR-5726/5731 SPECIFICATIONS 2 - 2
Paper feed tray + Multi manual paper feed (Expanded up to 4 trays by installing options.)
Standard paper
(80g/m2)
Paper size
Tray1
Tray2
500 sheets
Paper type
Inch series
8.5 x 11
---
AB series
A4
---
1: Supported envelope kinds: Commercial10 (4 - 1/8 x 9 - 1/2), International DL (110mm x 220mm), International C5 (162mm x 229mm)
AR-5726/5731 SPECIFICATIONS 2 - 3
H. Printer function
(1) Platform
Shifter function
Yes
Paper remaining
detection for paper exit
Yes
IBM PC/AT
Macintosh
(2) Support OS
OS
Windows
XP
Server 2003
No
Zoom
Yes
XP x64
G. Copy functions
Copy
magnification
ratio
SPLC
2000
Vista
AB
series
Inch
series
25 - 400%
(Restriction by the document feeder unit: 50 - 200%)
Yes
Vista x64
Server 2008
Server 2008 x64
Mac
9.0 - 9.2.2
No
X 10.2.8
X 10.3.9
Number of manual
steps
5 steps
X 10.4.11
X 10.5 - 10.5.6
I. Environmental conditions
(3) Duplex
(Humidity)
System
Switchback system
Paper size
85%
60%
20%
10 C
30 C
35 C
(Temperature)
Standard environmental
conditions
Usage environmental
conditions
AR-5726/5731 SPECIFICATIONS 2 - 4
Temperature
Humidity
Temperature
Humidity
Atmospheric
pressure
20 - 25C
65 5%RH
10 - 35C
20 - 85%RH
590 - 1013 hPa
(height: 0 - 2000m)
1
1
1
Life
33K
26cpm: 75K
31cpm: 100K
26cpm: 75K
31cpm: 100K
Model name
Remarks
MX-312GT Life setting by A4 (8.5"11") 6% document
Default: Toner save mode
MX-312GV
MX-312GR
B. Asia Subsidiaries
No.
Item
Content
1 Toner cartridge
Toner cartridge (With IC chip)
(black)
(Toner; Net 700g)
2 Developer (black) Developer
(Developer; Net 300g)
3 Drum
Drum
1
1
1
Life
33K
26cpm: 75K
31cpm: 100K
26cpm: 75K
31cpm: 100K
Model name
Remarks
MX-312AT Life setting by A4 (8.5"11") 6% document
Default: Toner save mode
MX-312AV
MX-312AR
C. SMEF/Agent
No.
Item
Content
1 Toner cartridge
Toner cartridge (With IC chip)
(black)
(Toner; Net 700g)
2 Developer (black) Developer
(Developer; Net 300g)
3 Drum
Drum
1
1
1
Life
33K
26cpm: 75K
31cpm: 100K
26cpm: 75K
31cpm: 100K
Model name
Remarks
MX-312FT Life setting by A4 (8.5"11") 6% document
Default: Toner save mode
MX-312FV
MX-312FR
Item
Content
Life
Cleaner blade
Cleaner blade
7
8
150K
1
1
2
1
4
2
1
300K
4
2
2
150K
1
1
1
1
1
10 26cpm: 75K
31cpm: 100K
10 26cpm: 75K
31cpm: 100K
1 26cpm: 225K
31cpm: 300K
1
3
Model
name
AR-310UH
Remarks
MX-311LH
MX-311KA
(10) MX-311MC
(10)
(10) MX-311CB
(10)
MX-311DU The life of the toner reception seat attached to
the drum frame is 300K, and it can be used up
to 3 times. (Supplied as a drum frame unit.)
150K
MX-311TX
5000 staples 3
MX-SCX1
The other maintenance parts than the above are supplied as service parts.
B. Asia Subsidiaries/Agent
No.
Item
Content
Life
Model
name
Remarks
1
1
2
1
4
2
150K
AR-310UH
1
4
2
300K
MX-311LH
150K PM kit
2
1
1
1
1
1
150K
MX-311KA
MC unit
MC unit
Cleaner blade
Cleaner blade
1 26cpm: 225K
31cpm: 300K
Staple cartridge
Staple cartridge
MX-SCX1
5000 staples 3
The other maintenance parts than the above are supplied as service parts.
Developer/drum counter
Developer/drum
26cpm model
31cpm model
75K
100K
550K
<Drum>
The laser print indicates the model conformity code and the date (year,
month, day) of production.
Label position
Destination
Version No.
Production year/month/day (6 digits)
Serial No. in production day (5 digits)
Production place (1 digits)
Alphabet
Indicates the model conformity code. L for this model.
Number
Indicates the end digit of the production year.
Number or X, Y, Z
Indicates the month of packing.
X stands for October, Y November, and Z December.
4, 5 Number
Indicates the day of the month of packing.
<Developer>
5. Environment conditions
(Humidity)
85%
60%
8
20%
The lot number is of 8 digits. Each digit indicates the content as follows.
The number is printed on the right under side of the back surface of the
developer bag.
1
Alphabet
Indicates the production factory.
Number
Indicates the production year.
3, 4 Number
Indicates the production month.
5, 6 Number
Indicates the production day.
7
Hyphen
Number
Indicates the production lot.
10 C
30 C
35 C
(Temperature)
Standard environmental
conditions
Usage environmental
conditions
Storage period
Temperature
20 - 25C
Humidity
65 5%RH
Temperature
10 - 35C
Humidity
20 - 85%RH
Atmospheric
590 - 1013 hPa
pressure
(height: 0 - 2000m)
Toner/Developer: 24 months from the
manufactured month (Production lot)
under unsealed state
Drum: 36 months from the manufactured
month under unsealed state
7
16
4
5
12
11
9
17
13
10
14
19
18
20
21
15
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
Name
Document feeder tray
Original guides
Document feeder cover
Reversing tray
Exit area
Document transport cover
Document transport cover knob
Document glass
Power switch
Handles
Operation panel
Job separator tray (Upper tray) (optional)
Center tray
Front cover
Paper trays
Upper right side cover
17
18
19
20
21
Side cover
Side cover handle
Bypass tray paper guides
Bypass tray
Bypass tray extension
Function/Operation
Place the original(s) that you wish to scan face up here.
Adjust to the size of the originals.
Open to remove misfed originals.
Pull out to remove misfed originals.
Originals exit the machine here after copying.
Open to remove misfed originals.
Pull to open the document transport cover.
Place an original that you wish to scan face down here.
Press to turn the machine power on and off.
Use to move the machine.
Contains operation keys and the touch panel.
Print jobs and received faxes are delivered to this tray.
Finished copies are delivered to the center tray.
Open to remove paper misfeeds and perform machine maintenance.
Each tray holds 500 sheets of copy paper.
Open to remove misfeeds when an optional job separator tray kit or a optional finisher is
installed.
Open to remove misfeeds.
Pull to open the side cover.
Adjust to the width of the paper.
Regular paper and special paper (such as transparency film) can be fed from the bypass tray.
Pull out the bypass tray extension before placing paper in the bypass tray.
2. Internal structure
4
5
No.
1
2
3
4
Name
Toner cartridge lock release lever
Toner cartridge
Roller rotating knob
Photoconductive drum
Function/Operation
Use to unlock the toner cartridge.
Contains toner.
Turn to remove misfed paper.
Copy images are formed on the photoconductive drum.
Note
3. Operation panel
COPY
ON LINE
DATA
LINE
DATA
FAX
JOB STATUS
SYSTEM SETTINGS
LOGOUT
No.
1
Name
Touch panel
3
4
5
6
Numeric keys
[LOGOUT] key (
[#/P] key (
8
9
10
[CLEAR] key ( )
[CLEAR ALL] key (
[START] key ( )
11
[INTERRUPT] key (
Function/Operation
The machine status, messages and touch keys are displayed on the panel.
The display will show the status of printing, copying or network scanning
according to the mode that is selected. For details see the next page.
Use to change modes and the corresponding display on the touch panel.
Press to select copy mode.
[PRINT] key: Press to select print mode.
ONLINE indicator: Print jobs can be received when this indicator is lit.
DATA indicator: A print job is in memory. The indicator lights steadily while
the job is held in memory, and blinks while the job is printed.
[FAX] key: Press to select fax mode when the fax option is installed.
LINE indicator : This lights up while faxes are being sent or received.
DATA indicator: Blinks when a fax has been received to memory and lights
steadily when a fax is waiting in memory for transmission.
Press to display the current job status.
Use to adjust various settings of the machine including the contrast of the touch
panel and administrator settings.
Use to enter numeric values for various settings.
When auditing mode is enabled, press this key after finishing a job to return the
machine to account number entry standby.
Use this key to execute a job program in copy mode.
The key is also used to dial in fax mode.
Press to clear a copy number setting or cancel a job.
Resets the settings to the initial settings.
Press in copy mode, scanner mode, or fax mode to begin copying, network
scanning, or faxing.
This key blinks when auto power shut mode has activated. Press the key to
return to normal operation.
Use to perform an interrupt copy job.
10
11
Note
4. RSPF
A. External view
1
2
3
5
4
No.
1
2
3
4
5
Name
Document set tray
Document guide
Document feed section cover
Document transport section cover
Document exit section
B. Internal structure
11
10
9
8
7
3
5
6
14
12
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
Code
EMPS
FGOD
DFCL
DFD
RSOL
CLH
DTM
GSOL
DLS1
DLS2
OPCLS
RDD
SWD
Name
Document set sensor
Open/close sensor
Paper feed clutch
Paper entry sensor
Pressure release solenoid
Transport clutch
SPF motor
Gate solenoid
Interface PWB
Document length detection SW (Short)
Document length detection SW (Long)
Book sensor
Paper exit sensor
Document width sensor
13
1
Type
Photo transmission
Photo transmission
Photo transmission
Stepping motor
Photo transmission
Photo transmission
Photo transmission
Photo transmission
Volume
Function/Operation
Detects presence of documents.
Detects open/close of the paper feed unit.
Drives document feed on the tray, transport, and paper exit roller.
5. Sensor
No.
18
19
2
3
25
20
5
21
22
6
7
23
24
25
Name
2nd tray paper upper
limit detection sensor
2nd tray paper empty
sensor
1st tray paper pass
sensor
1st tray paper upper
limit detection sensor
1st tray paper empty
sensor
Toner sensor
Center tray paper
YES/NO sensor
Document size sensor
9
26
10
11
12
13
24
23
22
21
Code
LUD2
6. Switch
20
19
18
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
Name
Mirror home position
sensor
Document cover
sensor
Document size
sensor
2nd paper exit sensor
(Option)
2nd paper exit full
detection sensor
(Option)
1st paper exit sensor
Shifter home position
sensor (Except North
America)
Paper exit sensor
(DUP side)
Thermistor
1st tray (paper tray)
detection
Manual feed paper
entry sensor
17
26 16
Code
MHPS
OCSW
DSIN3
POD2
TOPF
15 14
CD1
PPD1L
MPLS2
MPLS1
MPLD1
MPLD2
MPED
PFD2
3
No.
1
2
Name
Right cabinet door
switch (Option)
Door switch
Main switch
Code
Function and operation
DSWR0 Right cabinet door open/
close detection
DSWR1 Front door and side door
open/close detection
DSWR2 Side door open/close
detection
PSSW Main power switch
7. Solenoid/Clutch
8. Drive motor
1
2
1
4
5
6
2
3
4
5
9
9
8
7
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
Name
Paper exit gate
switching solenoid
(Option)
PS clutch
Paper feed clutch
Manual paper feed
solenoid
Paper feed transfer
clutch
2nd tray paper feed
clutch
2nd tray paper feed
solenoid
Paper feed solenoid
Separation pawl
solenoid
Code
OGS
RRC
CPFS1
MPFS
TRC2
CPFS2
CPFC2
CPFC1
PSPS
8
No.
1
2
Name
Mirror motor
Shifter motor
(Except North
America)
Duplex motor
DUP-2 motor
6
7
8
9
Main motor
Tray lift-up motor
Tray lift-up motor
Toner motor
Code
MIRM
SFTM
DPXM
MM
LUM1
LUM2
TM
9. Lamp
10. Fan/Filter
1
6
7
2
3
1
5
6
1
4
No.
1
2
Name
Copy lamp
Heater lamp
No.
1
2
3
4
Name
Cooling fan
Exhaust fan motor
Intake fan motor
Fusing paper exit fan
Code
VFM
DCFM
DCFM2
VFM2
5
6
7
VFM2
11. PWB
12. Roller
1
1
3
12
11
5
6
7
8
10
5
9
10
11
12
14 13
9
7
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
Name
Inverter PWB
CCD PWB
Option connector PWB
IMC PWB
MCU PWB
Mother board
Tray interface PWB
DC power supply PWB
High voltage PWB
KEY PWB
OPU PWB
SPLC PWB
No.
1
2
3
Name
Paper exit roller
Transport roller
Upper heat roller
5
6
7
Resist roller
10
11
12
13
14
[5] ADJUSTMENTS
1. Adjustment item list
A
Section
Process section
Mechanism section
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)
(6)
(7)
(8)
(9)
(10)
(11)
(12)
(13)
(14)
Image density
(exposure) adjustment
(15)
(1)
Adjustment item
Developing doctor gap adjustment
MG roller main pole position adjustment
Developing bias voltage adjustment
Grid bias voltage adjustment
Print start position adjustment
RSPF image lead edge position adjustment
Rear edge void adjustment
Paper off center adjustment
Left edge void area adjustment
Main scanning direction (FR direction) distortion
balance adjustment
Sub scanning direction (scanning direction)
distortion adjustment
Main scanning direction (FR direction) distortion
balance adjustment
Main scanning direction (FR direction)
magnification ratio adjustment
Sub scanning direction (scanning direction)
magnification ratio adjustment
SIM53-8
SIM46-2
2. Details of adjustment
A. Process section
R
A
C
A
F
A
4) Tighten the developing doctor fixing screw.
5) Check the clearance of the developing doctor. If it is within the
specified range, then fix the doctor fixing screw with screw lock.
When inserting a thickness gauge, be careful not to scratch the
AR-5726/5731 ADJUSTMENTS 5 - 1
SIMULATION 8-2
4) Do not bring the needle into contact with the MG roller, but bring it
to a position 2 or 3mm apart from the MG roller. Mark the point on
the MG roller which is on the extension line from the needle tip.
5) Measure the distance from the marking position to the top of the
doctor plate of the developing unit to insure that it is 9.1mm.
If the distance is not within the specified range, loosen the fixing
screw A of the main pole adjustment plate, and move the adjustment plate in the arrow direction to adjust.
Content
A
9.1mm
SIMULATION 8-1
8-1
SIMULATION
DV BIAS COPY SETTING. INPUT VALUE 200-550, AND PRESS
START.
1: AE
426
426
2: TEXT
450
1/1
3: TEXT/PHOTO
450
4: PHOTO
450
5: SUPER/PHOTO
400
6: TONER SAVE
376
AE (145mm/s)
590
TEXT (145)
Character
(145mm/s)
590
TEXT/PHOTO
(145)
Character/Photo
(145mm/s)
590
PHOTO (145)
Photo (145mm/s)
590
TONER SAVE
(145)
Toner save
(145mm/s)
AE (122)
AE (122mm/s)
TEXT (122)
Character
(122mm/s)
590
TEXT/PHOTO
(122)
Character/Photo
(122mm/s)
590
PHOTO (122)
Photo (122mm/s)
590
10
TONER SAVE
(122)
Toner save
(122mm/s)
540
Output is made with the entered value, and the display returns to
the original state.
TEXT (145)
TEXT/PHOTO
(145)
PHOTO (145)
TONER SAVE
(145)
AE (122)
TEXT (122)
3
4
5
8
9
10
TEXT/PHOTO
(122)
PHOTO (122)
TONER SAVE
(122)
<Adjustment specification>
AE (145)
590
B. Mechanism section
540
350750
Item
Default
AE (145)
Setting
range
Content
AE (145mm/s)
Character
(145mm/s)
Character/Photo
(145mm/s)
Photo (145mm/s)
Toner save
(145mm/s)
AE (122mm/s)
Character
(122mm/s)
Character/Photo
(122mm/s)
Photo (122mm/s)
Toner save
(122mm/s)
Setting
range
Default
450
450
START.
1: TRAY1
53
53
2: OPTION
53
1/1
3: MANUAL
53
4: DUPLEX
53
450
450
200650
400
450
450
4) Select the paper feed tray, the print density, and the duplex mode.
Enter the adjustment value with the 10-key.
450
450
400
1
2
3
4
Item
TRAY1
OPTION
MANUAL
DUPLEX
Content
Setting range
0-99
1st tray
Option tray
Manual feed
Back print
Default
53
1-99
6) Measure the distance H between the paper lead edge and the
image print start position. Set the image print start position set
value again.
1 step of the set value corresponds to about 0.127mm shift.
Calculate the set value from the formula below.
99 H/0.127 (mm) = Image print start position set value
<H: Print start position measurement value (mm)>
Note: Since the printed copy is used as a test chart, put the scale in
paralleled with the edge lines.
2) Make a copy, then use the copy output as an original to make an
RSPF copy again.
0mm
0mm
3) Check the copy output. If necessary, perform the following adjustment procedures.
5) Set the RSPF lead edge position set value so that the same image
is obtained as that obtained in the previous OC image lead edge
position adjustment.
<Adjustment specification>
Fit the print edge with the paper edge, and perform the lead
edge adjustment.
Example:99 5/0.127 = 99 39.4 = about 59
Note: FIf the set value is not obtained from the above formula, perform the fine adjustment.
7) Execute SIM 50-1-2 to adjust the main tray lead edge void.
1 step of the set value corresponds to about 0.127mm shift.
Calculate the set value from the formula below.
Adjustment
mode
RSPF
image lead
edge
position
SIM
Set value
Spec value
50-6
1 step:
0.127mm
shift
Setting
range
1 99
2.5mm
5
2.5mm
10
<Adjustment specification>
Adjustment
mode
Main tray lead
edge void
Print start
position
SIM
50-1
-2
50-5
Set value
B/0.127
99 H/0.127
Spec value
Setting
range
1 99
Scale image
4) Execute SIM 50-1 and set the density mode to DEN-B. The currently set adjustment value is displayed.
5) Enter the set value and press the start key.
The correction value is stored and a copy is made.
<Adjustment specification>
Adjustment
mode
Rear edge
void
AR-5726/5731 ADJUSTMENTS 5 - 3
SIM
50-1-6
Set value
1 step: 0.127mm
shift
Spec
value
4mm or
less
Setting
range
1 99
SIMULATION 50-10
50
50
2: TRAY1
50
1/1
3: TRAY2
50
4: TRAY3
50
5: TRAY4
50
6: DUPLEX
50
Second
print surface
off-center
Set value
50-10
-2
Add 1: 0.127mm
shift to R side.
50-10
-6
Reduce 1:
0.127mm shift to L
side.
5: DEN-A -DUPLEX
18
6: DEN-B
7: DEN-B-DUP
50
8: SIDE VOID
18
9: SIDE VOID-DUP
18
10: LOSS(OC)
43
1/1
4) Place a chart with a clear lead edge (or a ruler) on the OC document table.
5) Use SIM 50-1 (Item 1) to execute test print. Check the print out and
adjust so that the lead edge image is printed. (1 99: About
0.127mm/Step)
Setting range
Default
1-99
50
7) Adjust SIM 50-1 (Items 2, 3, 4, 5) so that the lead edge void on the
print out is the specified value. (1 99: About 0.127mm/Step)
8) Similar to procedure 7, adjust SIM 50-1 (Item 6, 7) so that the rear
edge void is the specified value. (1 99: About 0.127mm/Step)
<Adjustment specification>
SIM
18
Adjustment
mode
Paper off
center
18
4: DEN-A -OPTION
2) Note down the adjustment value of SIM 50-5 (Items 1, 2, 3, 4), and
change the value to 99.
Content
Manual paper feed
1st tray
2nd tray
3rd tray
4th tray
Back print
2: DEN-A
18
OK
Item
BYPASS
TRAY1
TRAY2
TRAY3
TRAY4
DUPLEX
43
3: DEN-A -MANUAL
OK
1
2
3
4
5
6
1: RRC-A
Spec value
Single:
Center
2.0mm
Duplex:
Center
2.5mm
Setting
range
1 99
Content
RRC-A
DEN-A
DEN-A-MANUAL
DEN-A-OPTION
DEN-A-DUPLEX
6
7
DEN-B
DEN-B-DUP
SIDE VOID
SIDE VOID-DUP
10 LOSS(OC)
Setting
Default
range
1-99
43
1-99
18
1-99
18
1-99
18
1-99
18
1-99
1-99
30
50
1-99
18
1-99
18
1-5
<Adjustment specification>
Adjustment
mode
Left edge void
AR-5726/5731 ADJUSTMENTS 5 - 4
SIM
50-1
-8
Set value
1 step: 0.127mm
shift
Spec
value
0.5 4mm
Setting
range
1 99
5) Without moving the scanner drive pulley shaft, manually turn the
scanner drive pulley until the positioning plate is brought into contact with No. 2/3 mirror base unit, then fix the scanner drive pulley.
1
3
1
1
2
6
4
6) Put No. 2/3 mirror base unit on the positioning plate again, push
the projections on the front frame side and the rear frame side of
the copy lamp unit to the corner frame, and tighten the wire fixing
screw.
4
2) Loosen the copy lamp unit wire fixing screw.
La
Paper exit
direction
Original
4) Loosen the set screw of the scanner drive pulley which is not in
contact with No. 2/3 mirror base unit positioning plate.
AR-5726/5731 ADJUSTMENTS 5 - 5
Copy
<Adjustment specification>
La = Lb
6) Execute the main scanning direction (FR) distortion balance
adjustment previously described in 2) again.
Original
Copy A
Copy B
Parallel line
Parallel line
10mm
10mm
10mm
10mm
White paper
If the width (La) of the black background at the lead edge is equal
that (Lb) at the rear edge, there is no need to execute the following
procedures of 4) 7).
4) Loosen the mirror base drive pulley fixing screw on the front frame
side or on the rear frame side.
When La < Lb
Turn the mirror base drive pulley on the front frame side in the
arrow direction A. (Do not move the mirror base drive pulley shaft.)
Lc
When La > Lb
Turn the mirror base drive pulley on the rear frame side in the
arrow direction A. (Do not move the mirror base drive pulley shaft.)
Paper exit
direction
Rear side
A
Lb
Ld
Front side
AR-5726/5731 ADJUSTMENTS 5 - 6
4) Move the mirror base B rail position up and down (in the arrow
direction) to adjust.
<Adjustment specification>
Note: A judgment must be made with 200mm width, and must not be
made with 100mm width.
Adjustment
mode
Main scanning
direction
magnification
ratio
Spec value
At normal:
1.0%
SIM
481-1
Set value
Add 1: 0.1%
increase
Reduce 1: 0.1%
decrease
Setting
range
1 99
When La > Lb
Shift the mirror base B rail upward by the half of the difference of
LaLb.
When La < Lb
Shift the mirror base B rail downward by the half of the difference
of LbLa.
Example: When La = 12mm and Lb = 9mm, shift the mirror base
B rail upward by 1.5mm.
When Lc >Ld
Shift the mirror base B rail downward by the half of the difference
of LcLd.
When Lc < Ld
When Lc < Ld, move the mirror base B on the paper feed side
upward.
When moving the mirror base rail, hold the mirror base rail with
your hand.
<Adjustment specification>
La = Lb, Lc = Ld
5) After completion of adjustment, manually turn the mirror base drive
pulley, scan the mirror base A and mirror base B fully, and check
that the mirror bases are not in contact with each other.
Spec value
SIM
Set value
At normal:
1.0%
48-12
Add 1:
0.05% increase
Reduce 1:
0.05% decrease
Setting
range
1 99
contact with the frame or the original glass. Be careful to avoid this.
1) Put a scale on the original table as shown below, and make a normal (100%) copy to make a test chart.
If the mirror base rail is moved extremely, the mirror base may be in
Note: Since the printed copy is used as a test chart, put the scale in
parallel with the front side edge of the glass.
2) Set the test chart on the RSPF and make a normal (100%) copy.
2) Execute SIM 48-1.
3) After warm-up, shading is performed and the current set value of
the main scanning direction magnification ratio is displayed on the
display section in 2 digits.
4) Manual correction mode (SIM48-1-1)
Enter the set value and press the start key.
<Adjustment specification>
<Adjustment specification>
Adjustment mode
Sub scanning
direction
magnification ratio
(RSPF mode)
Spec
value
At normal:
1.0%
SIM
Set value
48-1-3
48-1-4
Add 1:
0.05% increase
Setting
range
1 99
Reduce 1:
0.05% decrease
<Adjustment specification>
Adjustment
mode
Original off
center mode
(RSPF
mode)
Spec value
SIM
Set value
Single: Center
3.0mm
Duplex: Center
3.5mm
50-12
Add 1: 0.1mm
shift to R side
Reduce 1: 0.1mm
shift to L side
Setting
range
1 99
3) Keep A=125mm, and execute SIM 41-4. (Do not put paper on the
table.)
3) Slide the lens unit toward the front side and attach it, then execute SIM.
When the display is 143 or below:
1) Remove the table glass.
2) Remove the dark box.
3) Slide the lens unit toward the rear side and attach it, then execute
SIM.
When the lens unit is moved, execute the OC main scanning magni-
AR-5726/5731 ADJUSTMENTS 5 - 8
[Function]
[Operation]
1) With the RSPF or the OC cover open, place a white paper background on the OC glass. (In the RSPF standard model, the RSPF
glass surface is included.)
Rear
Front
5) Change the set value with the [10-key] to adjust the copy image
density.
6) Make a copy and check that the specification below is satisfied.
Note: Place originals in the rear reference, and the test chart in the
front reference when adjusting the exposure.
<Adjustment specification>
Exposure
level
Sharp Gray
Chart output
AUTO
"3" is copied.
TEXT
3.0
"3" is copied.
TEXT/PHOTO
3.0
"3" is copied.
PHOTO
3.0
"2" is copied.
AE
(TONER SAVE)
"3" is copied.
TEXT
(TONER SAVE)
3.0
"3" is copied.
TEXT PHOTO
(TONER SAVE)
3.0
"3" is copied.
Density mode
Placing the white paper
The white chart must cover
this area.
AR-5726/5731 ADJUSTMENTS 5 - 9
Set value
If too bright,
increase the
quantity displayed
on the copy
quantity display.
If too dark,
decrease the
quantity displayed
on the copy
quantity display.
Setting
range
1 99
[6] SIMULATION
1. General
B. Code-type simulation
The simulation has the following functions to grasp the machine operating status, identify the trouble position and causes in an earlier stage,
and make various setups and adjustments speedily for improving the
serviceability of the machine.
1) Various adjustments
4) Select an item with the scroll key and the item key.
3) Canceling troubles
4) Operation check
AR-5726/5731 SIMULATION 6 - 1
YES
Returns to START
(Normal mode).
Do you want
to perform another
simulation ?
NO
2
YES
NO
YES
YES
Is it the same
simulation ?
3
NO
Is there a item
selection?
NO
YES
YES
Operation check ?
Press the START key.
NO
YES
YES
NO
NO
YES
Do you
want to change the
content ?
YES
NO
AR-5726/5731 SIMULATION 6 - 2
2
3
2
3
10
11
2
4
3
1
5
2
3
1
6
2
7
1
6
8
1
10
8
11
13
14
1
9
4
5
10
Code
Main
Sub
Function
14
16
17
21
0
0
1
1
3
4
5
22
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
19
2
3
4
24
5
6
7
9
10
15
1
25
2
26
AR-5726/5731 SIMULATION 6 - 3
Function
Used to cancel excluding the self-diag U2/PF
troubles.
Used to cancel the self-diag U2 trouble.
Used to cancel the self diag PF trouble.
Used to set the maintenance cycle.
Used to check the counter value of each section.
Used to check the total numbers of misfeed and
troubles. (When the number of misfeed is
considerably great, it is judged as necessary for
repair. The misfeed rate is obtained by dividing this
count value with the total counter value.)
Used to check the misfeed positions and the
number of misfeed at each position.
(When the number of misfeed is considerably
great, it can be judged as necessary for repair.)
Used to check the total trouble (self diag) history.
Used to check the ROM version of each unit
(section).
Used to print each system setting, the account
information, and the machine adjustment values.
Used to display of the administrator password.
Used to display the original, staple counter.
Used to check the number of use of each paper
feed section. (the number of prints)
Used to check the system configuration.
Used to display the FAX send/receive counter
(FAX reception and print counter).
Used to check the misfeed positions and the
number of misfeed at each position.
(When the number of misfeed is considerably
great, it can be judged as necessary for repair.)
Used to display the CRUM type.
Used to display the scanner counter in the network
scanner mode.
Used to clear the misfeed counter, the misfeed
history, the trouble counter, and the trouble history.
(The counters are cleared after completion of
maintenance.)
Used to clear the number of use (the number of
prints) of each paper feed section.
Used to clear the number usage data of the stapler,
RSPF, and scanning.
Used to reset the maintenance counter.
Used to reset the developer counter.
(The developer counter of the DV unit which is
installed is reset.)
Used to clear the copy counter.
Used to clear the OPC drum (membrane decrease)
correction counter. (This simulation is executed
when the OPC drum is replaced.)
Used to clear the printer counter and other
counters.
FAX counter data clear
Used to clear the scanner counter in the network
scanner mode.
Used to check the operation of the main drive
(excluding the scanner section) and to check the
operation of the toner concentration sensor.
(The toner concentration sensor output can be
monitored.)
Used to make the initial setting of toner
concentration when replacing developer.
Used to set whether the job separator is installed
or not. (Since this cannot be detected by hardware
detection, it is set in this simulation.)
Code
Main
Sub
2
3
5
6
12
14
18
22
30
35
26
36
37
38
50
56
57
60
71
72
1
30
2
1
40
2
3
1
2
41
3
4
Function
Used to set whether the automatic detection of
paper size is made or not.
Used to set the specifications of the auditor.
Setting must be made depending on the use
condition of the auditor.
Used to set the count mode of the total counter and
the maintenance counter.
Used to set the specifications depending on the
destination.
Used to input the Software Key for E-MAIL RIC.
Used to input the Software Key for the PS
extension kit.
Used to set enable/disable of toner save operation.
Used to set the specification (language display) for
the destination.
Used to set ON/OFF of the heater lamp slow-up
control conforming to the CE mark control.
Used to set whether the same continuous troubles
are displayed as one trouble or the series of
troubles with SIM 22-4 when the same troubles
occur continuously.
Used to set whether the machine is stopped or not
when the maintenance counter life is expired.
Used to set whether the machine is stopped or not
when the developer counter life is expired.
Used to set whether the machine is stopped or not
when the drum counter life is expired.
Used to set ON/OFF of the black and white
reversion function.
Gamma life correction setting
Used to set the model code.
Used to set enable/disable of the FAX mode key
when FAX is not installed. (When FAX is installed,
the FAX mode is enabled regardless of this setup.)
In the power save time setting, the pre-heat (preheat mode setting) and the auto power shut off
time can be set to the short time setup (pre-heat: 1
min, auto power shut off: 1 min) and the long time
setup (pre-heat: 15min, auto power shut off:
60min).
The letterhead support is set.
When Letterhead paper setting is selected, the
set value of SIM 26-46 (Image output direction
setting) is set to Setting Enable accordingly.
Used to display the sensor status attached to the
machine.
Used to display the status of the sensors attached
to the standard tray and the manual feed tray. (Use
SIM 4-2 for the option trays.)
The sensor of an uninstalled tray is not displayed.
Used to check the sensor of the machine manual
feed tray.
Used to adjust the manual paper feed tray paper
width detector detection level.
The AD conversion value of manual feed width
detection is displayed.
Used to check the document size detection photo
sensor.
Used to adjust the detection level of the document
size photo sensor.
Used to check the light reception level and the
detection level of the original size detection photo
sensor.
Used to adjust the detection level of OC 20
degrees.
Code
Main
Sub
1
43
10
1
2
3
9
14
44
16
17
34
40
2
9
10
11
12
13
46
14
15
16
18
19
20
30
31
39
1
2
48
3
8
9
1
5
50
6
8
9
AR-5726/5731 SIMULATION 6 - 4
Function
Used to set the fusing temperature.
Used to set the paper feed cycle timing when
printing postcards.
Used to make various setups in each mode of
process control.
Drum life correction setting
Used to set the DV count correction.
Used to display the process control correction
information.
Used to display the environment (temperature,
humidity) correction information.
Used to set the toner density control correction
value.
Used to display the toner density control reference
value.
Used to set the transfer current value in each
mode.
Used to set the time from the start of the main
motor rotation (Ready) to the start of toner supply
in previous rotation after turning on the power.
Used to set the exposure level in each exposure
mode.
Used to adjust the shift amount and the inclination
value for each level (1 to 5) of the exposure mode
(Text).
Used to adjust the shift amount and the inclination
value for each level (1 to 5) of the exposure mode
(Text/Photo).
Used to adjust the shift amount and the inclination
value for each level (1 to 5) of the exposure mode
(Photo).
FAX exposure level adjustment
(1 mode automatic adjustment)
FAX exposure level adjustment
(Normal mode individual adjustment)
FAX exposure level adjustment
(Fine text mode individual adjustment)
FAX exposure level adjustment
(Super Fine mode individual adjustment)
FAX exposure level adjustment
(Ultra Fine mode individual adjustment)
Used to adjust inclination for each exposure mode.
Used to set the control method of the exposure
mode.
Used to set the exposure correction value of SPF/
RSPF for OC exposure.
Used to set the AE and the limit value in AE
(Toner save).
Used to set the AE and the limit value in AE
(Toner save).
Used to switch the FAX send image quality.
Used to adjust the copy mode magnification ratio
(main scanning direction, sub scanning direction).
Used to adjust the scanner mode magnification
ratio (main/sub scanning direction).
Used to adjust the print mode magnification ratio
correction.
FAX magnification adjustment (read)
FAX magnification adjustment (print)
Used to adjust the copy lead edge position.
Used to adjust the print image position (top margin)
on the print paper in the print mode.
Used to adjust the print image position (top margin)
on print paper in the copy mode. (RSPF)
FAX lead edge adjustment (read)
FAX lead edge adjustment (print)
Code
Main
Sub
10
50
12
1
2
51
8
9
7
53
8
55
9
10
1
61
1
1
63
7
64
1
1
65
2
5
1
2
66
3
4
5
6
7
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
Code
Main
Sub
Function
Used to adjust the print image center position.
(Adjustment can be made for each paper feed
section.)
Used to adjust the print image center position.
(Adjustment can be made for each document mode.)
Used to adjust the OPC drum separation pawl ON time.
Used to adjust the contact pressure of paper onto
the resist roller in each section (copier paper feed
section, duplex paper feed section, RSPF paper
feed section). (When the print image position
varies greatly for the paper or when a lot of paper
jam troubles occur, the adjustment is required.)
Used to set the OPC drum separation pawl
operation inhibit. (ON/OFF)
Used to adjust the OPC drum separation voltage
ON/OFF timing.
Used to adjust the detection level of the RSPF
width. The adjustment method is the 4-point
system. Set the guide to Max. (A3/WLetter)
position, A4R/Letter R position, A5R/Invoice R
position, and Min. position for adjustment.
Used to enter the RSPF width detection
adjustment value.
Used to adjust the RSPF scan position of the
mirror unit automatically. For the RSPF scan
position automatic adjustment, the mirror unit is
shifted to 11mm before the RSPF glass cover
edge, and is operated automatically to scan
images by the unit of 1 step, detecting the position
up to the glass cover automatically.
RSPF read position adjustment
RSPF exp adjustment
Used to set the soft switch.
Used to check the LSU (polygon motor) operation.
Check speed can select 145mm/s or 122mm/s
individually.
Used to check the result of shading correction.
(The shading correction data are displayed.)
Used to adjust the RSPF white correction start
pixel position automatically.
This adjustment is performed after the lens unit is
replaced.
Used to check the operation of the printer function
(auto print operation).
Used to adjust the touch panel (LCD display
section) detection position.
Used to check the touch panel (LCD display
section) detection position adjustment result.
Used to check the key inputs of the operation panel.
Used to change and check the FAX-related soft SW.
Used to clear the FAX-related soft SW.
(Except for the FAX adjustment values)
FAX PWB memory check
Signal send mode (Signal send level: Max.)
Signal send mode (Signal send level soft SW setting)
Printing the confidential password
Print the screen memory contents
Image data memory clear
Used to send 300bps signals.
(Signal send level: Max.)
Used to send 300bps signals.
(Signal send level: Set by soft SW)
Used to register the dial numbers.
Used to perform the dial test. (10 PPS send test)
Used to perform the dial test. (20 PPS send test)
Used to perform the dial test. (DTFM signal send test)
17
18
66
19
20
21
22
24
30
31
32
33
34
37
41
52
AR-5726/5731 SIMULATION 6 - 5
Function
Used to check the DTFM signal send operation.
(Signal send level: Max.)
Used to check the DTFM signal send operation.
(Signal send level: Set by soft SW.)
Used to write the SRAM data to the Flash ROM.
Used to write the Flash ROM data to the SRAM.
FAX information print
Handset sound volume adjustment (Japan only)
Used to clear the FAST storage data. (SEC only)
Used to set the TEL/LIU.
Used to set the TEL/LIU.
Receive data check
Signal detection check
Communication time measurement display
Speaker sound volume adjustment
CI signal check
Pseudo-ringer check
3. Details of simulation
2-2
Purpose
Function
(Purpose)
Section
Item
1
1-1
Purpose
Function
(Purpose)
Section
Item
Operation test/check
Used to check the operation of the scanner unit and its
control circuit.
Optical (Image scanning)
Operation
Operation/procedure
Enter the number of operations, and set the magnification ratio and the
original size.
1. Select the desired item, and press the [START] key.
2. Enter the set value with the 10-key, and press the [START] key.
The scanner unit operates at the speed corresponding to the set value.
The scan counter is displayed during execution.
Set magnification ratio
Document size
Set number of times
Operation test/check
Used to check the operation of sensors and detectors
in the RSPF unit and the related circuit.
RSPF
Operation
Operation/procedure
The operations of sensors and detectors in the RSPF section are displayed.
The active sensors and detectors are highlighted.
(For the original size, the detection result of the original size displayed
on the copy menu is highlighted.)
EMPS
DLS1
DLS2
FGOD
DFD
RDD
OPCLS
SWD_LEN
SWD_A/D
1-2
Purpose
Function
(Purpose)
Section
Item
Operation test/check
Used to check the operation of sensor and detector in
the scanning (read) section and the related circuit.
Optical (Image scanning)
Operation
Operation/procedure
The status of sensors and detectors in the scanner section is displayed. The active sensors and detectors are highlighted.
MHPS
Operation test/check
Used to check the operation of the loads in the RSPF
unit and the control circuits.
RSPF
Operation
Operation/procedure
Select the load to be checked with the 10-key, and press the [START]
key.
The motor for 10sec, the solenoid ON for 500msec, OFF for 500msec.
(20 times)
2-1
Purpose
Function
(Purpose)
Section
Item
Operation test/check
Used to check the operation of the RSPF unit and the
related circuit.
RSPF
Operation
Operation/procedure
1
2
3
4
5
6
Item
DTM-F
DTM-R
DFCL
CLH
GSOL
RSOL
Enter the number of operations, and set the magnification ratio and the
original size.
1. Select the desired item, and press the [START] key.
2. Enter the set value with the 10-key, and press the [START] key.
The RSPF unit operates at the speed corresponding to the set value.
The scan counter is displayed during execution.
Set magnification ratio
Document size
Duplex
Set number of times
Content
RSPF motor forward rotation
RSPF motor reverse rotation
RSPF paper feed clutch
RSPF PS clutch
Document exit gate solenoid
Document exit pressure solenoid
AR-5726/5731 SIMULATION 6 - 6
3-10
3
3-2
Purpose
Function
(Purpose)
Section
Item
Operation test/check
Used to check the operation of sensor and detector in
the finisher and the related circuit.
Finisher
Operation
Purpose
Adjustment
Function
(Purpose)
Item
Operation
Operation/procedure
1. Select an item to be adjusted with 10-key, and press [START] key.
2. Enter an adjustment value with 10-key, and press [START] key.
Operation/procedure
Used to display the operations of sensors and detectors in the finisher
section.
The active sensors and detectors are highlighted.
FDTPD
FSTPD
FAPHPS-R
FAPHPS-F
FDRPS
FPPD1
FDTLLS
FTPS
FPLD
FSSW
FSLD
FSED
FSHPS
FPRD
FPLS
Item
FPAM ADJUST
Paper alignment
width adjustment
40-60
50
FDRLM ADJUST
40-60
50
Operation test/check
Used to check the shifter operation.
Reciprocating operations are continuously performed
or the home position is checked.
(The shifter is shifted to the home position or moved in
one way by the specified steps.)
Operation
Function
(Purpose)
Item
Operation/procedure
Select item 1, and press the [START] key.
The shifter is reciprocated continuously at the specified interval.
1
2
Operation test/check
Used to check the operation of the load in the finisher
and the control circuit.
Finisher
Operation
Operation/procedure
Select the load to be checked with the 10-key, and press the [START]
key.
The finisher main motor operates for 10sec, the staple motor 5 times,
the tray lift-up motor one reciprocating operation, other motors max. 20
reciprocating operations from the home position, the solenoid repeats
500msec ON and 500msec OFF 20 times.
Item
F-R
HP CHECK
Content
Reciprocating operation
Home position check
[Selection 2]
1. Select item 2, and press the [START] key.
2. Move the shifter to the home position or in one way by the specified steps with the following keys.
[*] key
[0 key
[#] key
SFTHP
Default
Purpose
3-3
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Installation
range
3-11
Purpose
Function
(Purpose)
Section
Item
Content
Content
Tray lift motor
Staple motor
Paper alignment motor R
Paper alignment motor F
Paper delivery motor
Paddle solenoid
Paper transport motor
Delivery roller lift motor
Paper gate solenoid
Alignment roller lift solenoid
Staple light
AR-5726/5731 SIMULATION 6 - 7
4-2
5-1
Purpose
Function
(Purpose)
Section
Item
Operation test/check
Used to check the operation of sensor and detector in
the option tray and the related circuit.
Paper feed
Operation
Purpose
Function
(Purpose)
Section
Item
Operation test/check
Used to check the operation of the display (LED), LCD
in the operation panel, and control circuit.
Operation (screen/operation)
Operation
Operation/procedure
Operation/procedure
The operating states of the sensor and the detector are displayed.
(Only the installed option trays are displayed. For the standard tray,
use SIM 30-2.)
(6 sec later)
With the upper half normally displayed and the lower half highlighted,
contrast changes Standard MAX MIN. in every 2sec.
* When returning to the sub menu selection menu, the display of the
standard contrast is displayed for an instant.
4-3
5-2
Purpose
Function
(Purpose)
Section
Item
Purpose
Function
(Purpose)
Section
Item
Operation test/check
Used to check the operation of the load in the option
tray and the control circuit.
Paper feed
Operation
Operation test/check
Used to check the operation of the heater lamp and the
control circuit.
Fusing
Operation
Operation/procedure
Operation/procedure
Select the load to be checked with the 10-key, and press the [START]
key.
1. Select the lamp to be checked with the 10-key, and press the
[START] key.
The motor for 10sec, the solenoid ON for 500msec, OFF for 500msec.
The lift-up motor operates only when the tray is opened. (20 times)
1
2
3
4
Item
LUM2
CPFC2
CPFS2
TRC2
DM
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
LUM3
CPFC3
CPFS3
TRC3
LUM4
CPFC4
CPFS4
Content
2nd tray lift-up motor
2nd tray pick-up solenoid
2nd tray paper feed clutch
2nd tray transport roller clutch
2nd tray paper transport motor
(3rd tray paper transport motor)
3rd tray lift-up motor
3rd tray pick-up solenoid
3rd tray paper feed clutch
3rd tray transport roller clutch
4th tray lift-up motor
4th tray pick-up solenoid
4th tray paper feed clutch
Item Content
1
2
Item
HL1
HL2
Content
Heater lamp 1 (Main) operation
Heater lamp 2 (Sub) operation
5-3
Purpose
Function
(Purpose)
Section
Item
Operation test/check
Used to check the operation of the copy lamp and the
control circuit.
Optical (Image scanning)
Operation
Operation/procedure
When the [START] key is pressed, the copy lamp is lighted for 10sec.
AR-5726/5731 SIMULATION 6 - 8
6-1
7-1
Purpose
Operation test/check
Used to check the operation of the loads (clutches and
solenoids) in the paper transport system and the
control circuit.
Paper transport (Discharge/Switchback/Transport)
Operation
Function
(Purpose)
Section
Item
Operation/procedure
Purpose
Function (Purpose)
Item
Setting/Operation test/check
Used to set the aging operation conditions.
Operation
Operation/procedure
1. Select the load to be set with the 10-key.
2. Press the [START] key.
1. Select the load to be checked with the 10-key, and press the
[START] key.
The motor for 10sec, the solenoid ON for 500msec, OFF for 500msec.
(20 times)
Press [CA] key, and the simulation will be terminated and the machine
goes into the aging standby mode with the set content.
Item
LUM1
CPFC1
CPFS1
MPFS
RRC
PSPS
OGS
LUM2
CPFC2
CPFS2
TRC2
LUM3
CPFC3
CPFS3
TRC3
LUM4
CPFC4
CPFS4
ROGS
Content
1st tray lift-up motor
1st tray pick-up solenoid
1st tray paper feed clutch
Manual feed pick-up solenoid
Resist roller clutch
Separation pawl solenoid
Paper exit gate switching solenoid
2nd tray lift-up motor
2nd tray pick-up solenoid
2nd tray paper feed clutch
2nd tray transport roller clutch
3rd tray lift-up motor
3rd tray pick-up solenoid
3rd tray paper feed clutch
3rd tray transport roller clutch
4th tray lift-up motor
4th tray pick-up solenoid
4th tray paper feed clutch
Right paper exit gate solenoid
Item
AGING
MISFEED
FUSING*1
INTERVL
WARMUP
DV CHK.
Content
Aging enable/disable setting
Jam detection enable/disable setting
Fusing operation enable/disable setting
The fusing temperature is not controlled.
The heater is not turned ON.
Intermittent setting (Valid only when set to AGING.)
Warm-up save setting
The machine goes into the ready state only by
shading, disregarding fusing and process control.
After going into the ready state, normal control is
performed.
Developing unit detection enable/disable setting
*1: When the machine exits from the fusing ignoring state, the roller
may be cooled down. Therefore, reset the machine to warm up
again.
When, therefore, the simulation is canceled by pressing the [CA]
key or when the copy mode display is shifted to the initial menu
display in the simulation mode of one page copy, the machine is
reset.
Note: In SIM 7-1, pressing [CA] key terminates the simulation and the
machine enters the aging mode without resetting. Therefore, to
perform 4. Intermittent setup, the intermittent cycle must be set
with SIM 7-6 in advance.
Reset is not performed when the machine enters the aging mode.
1
2
Operation test/check
Used to check the operation of each fan motor and its
control circuit.
Others
Operation
7-6
Purpose
Function (Purpose)
Item
Setting/Operation test/check
Used to set the cycle of intermittent aging.
Operation
Operation/procedure
Operation/procedure
Select the load to be checked with the 10-key, and press the [START]
key.
The selected load is operated for 10sec.
1. Enter the interval aging cycle time (sec) with the 10-key pad.
Refer to SIM 7-1.
Item
1
VFM
DCFM&DCFM2
VFM2
VFM&DCFM&DCFM2
&VFM2
Content
Fusing fan operates
Power cooling fan, power cooling fan 2
operations
Fusing exit paper fan operates
Fusing fan, power cooling fan, and
power cooling fan 2 are operated at the
same time.
AR-5726/5731 SIMULATION 6 - 9
1-255
3
8-2
7-8
Purpose
Function
(Purpose)
Item
Setting/Operation test/check
Purpose
Function
(Purpose)
Operation
Operation/procedure
Section
Adjustment/Operation test/check
Used to check and adjust the operation of the main
charger grid voltage in each copy mode and the control
circuit.
Image process
(Photoconductor/Developing/Transfer/Cleaning)
Photo conductor
Operation/procedure
1. Touch the exposure mode to be changed.
The current set value is displayed.
2. Enter the set value with the 10-key.
3. Press the [START] key.
Output is made with the entered value for 30sec, and the display
returns to the original state.
Item
8-1
Purpose
Function
(Purpose)
Section
Adjustment/Operation test/check
Used to check and adjust the operation of the
developing bias voltage in each copy mode and the
control circuit.
Image process
(Photoconductor/Developing/Transfer/Cleaning)
Developer/Toner hopper
AE (145)
TEXT (145)
TEXT/PHOTO (145)
4
5
6
7
PHOTO (145)
TONER SAVE (145)
AE (122)
TEXT (122)
TEXT/PHOTO (122)
9
10
PHOTO (122)
TONER SAVE (122)
Content
AE (145mm/s)
Character (145mm/s)
Character/Photo
(145mm/s)
Photo (145mm/s)
Toner save (145mm/s)
AE (122mm/s)
Character (122mm/s)
Character/Photo
(122mm/s)
Photo (122mm/s)
Toner save (122mm/s)
Setting
range
Default
450
450
200650
450
450
400
AE (145)
AE (145mm/s)
590
TEXT (145)
Character (145mm/s)
590
TEXT/PHOTO (145)
Character/Photo
(145mm/s)
590
PHOTO (145)
Photo (145mm/s)
590
AE (122)
AE (122mm/s)
TEXT (122)
Character (122mm/s)
590
TEXT/PHOTO (122)
Character/Photo
(122mm/s)
590
PHOTO (122)
Photo (122mm/s)
590
10
540
350750
540
590
Adjustment/Operation test/check
Function
(Purpose)
Section
Image process
(Photoconductor/Developing/Transfer/Cleaning)
Developer/Toner hopper
Operation/procedure
1. Touch the exposure mode to be changed.
The current set value is displayed.
2. Enter the set value with the 10-key.
Default
450
450
400
450
450
Setting
range
Operation/procedure
1. Touch the exposure mode to be changed.
The current set value is displayed.
Content
AR-5726/5731 SIMULATION 6 - 10
Output is made with the entered value for 30sec, and the display
returns to the original state.
Item
Content
Installa
tion
range
8-13
Purpose
Default
Function
(Purpose)
Adjustment/Operation test/check
Used to check and adjust the operation of the
developing bias voltage in FAX mode and the control
circuit.
Image process
(Photoconductor/Developing/Transfer/Cleaning)
Developer/Toner hopper
DENS1 (145)
Density1 (145mm/s)
300
DENS2 (145)
Density2 (145mm/s)
370
DENS3 (145)
Density3 (145mm/s)
420
DENS4 (145)
Density4 (145mm/s)
530
Operation/procedure
DENS5 (145)
Density5 (145mm/s)
600
TS (145)
250
DENS1 (122)
Density1 (122mm/s)
300
DENS2 (122)
Density2 (122mm/s)
370
Output is made with the entered value for 30sec. and the display
returns to the original state.
DENS3 (122)
Density3 (122mm/s)
420
10 DENS4 (122)
Density4 (122mm/s)
530
200650
11 DENS5 (122)
Density5 (122mm/s)
600
12 TS (122)
250
Section
Setting range
Default
200-650
450
8-11
Purpose
Function
(Purpose)
Section
Adjustment/Operation test/check
Used to check and adjust the operation of the main
charger grid voltage in each printer mode and the
control circuit.
Image process
(Photoconductor/Developing/Transfer/Cleaning)
Photo conductor
Purpose
Function
(Purpose)
Section
Adjustment/Operation test/check
Used to check and adjust the operation of the main
charger grid voltage in FAX mode and the control
circuit.
Image process
(Photoconductor/Developing/Transfer/Cleaning)
Photo conductor
Operation/procedure
Operation/procedure
Output is made with the entered value for 30sec. and the display
returns to the original state.
Setting range
Default
Output is made with the entered value for 30sec, and the display
returns to the original state.
Item
Content
Installa
tion
range
350-750
590
Default
DENS1 (145)
Density 1 (145mm/s)
440
DENS2 (145)
Density 2 (145mm/s)
510
DENS3 (145)
Density 3 (145mm/s)
560
DENS4 (145)
Density 4 (145mm/s)
670
DENS5 (145)
Density 5 (145mm/s)
740
TS (145)
DENS1 (122)
Density 1 (122mm/s)
DENS2 (122)
Density 2 (122mm/s)
510
DENS3 (122)
Density 3 (122mm/s)
560
Operation/procedure
10 DENS4 (122)
Density 4 (122mm/s)
670
11 DENS5 (122)
Density 5 (122mm/s)
740
12 TS (122)
390
The operation is performed for 30sec, and the display returns to the
original state.
350750
390
440
9-1
Purpose
Function
(Purpose)
Section
Item
Item
1
DMF145
DMF122
DMR145
DMR122
AR-5726/5731 SIMULATION 6 - 11
Operation test/check
Used to check and adjust the operation of the load
(motor) in the duplex section and the control circuit.
Duplex
Operation
Content
Duplex motor/Duplex 2 motor forward rotation
(145mm/s)
Duplex motor/Duplex 2 motor forward rotation
(122mm/s)
Duplex motor/Duplex 2 motor reverse rotation
(145mm/s)
Duplex motor/Duplex 2 motor reverse rotation
(122mm/s)
9-4
16
Purpose
Function (Purpose)
Section
Item
Operation test/check
Duplex motor RPM setting
Duplex
Operation
16-0
Purpose
Function (Purpose)
Item
Operation/procedure
Enter the set value with the 10-key.
When the duplex motor setting is made, the duplex 2motor is also set
accordingly.
Setting range
Default
Operation/procedure
1. Press the [START] key.
2. When 1: YES is selected, U2 trouble is canceled.
(When 2: NO is selected, the simulation is canceled.)
1-13
5
9-5
17
Purpose
Function
(Purpose)
Adjustment
Used to adjust the timing of switching from normal
rotation to reverse rotation or from reverse rotation to
normal rotation of the duplex motor.
Operation/procedure
1. Touch the item to set.
2. Enter the set value with the 10-key, and press the [START] key.
1
2
3
4
Item
145mm/s
122mm/s
RIGHT 145mm/s
RIGHT 122mm/s
Installation range
18-76
Item
Operation/Procedure
21
21-1
Purpose
Function (Purpose)
Item
Operation test/check
Used to check the operation of the toner motor and its
control circuit.
Image process
(Photoconductor/Developing/Transfer/Cleaning)
Developer/Toner hopper
Operation
Operation/procedure
Press the [START] key and operate the toner motor for 30 sec.
14
Setting
Used to set the maintenance cycle.
Specifications
Counter
Operation/procedure
1. Enter the set value with the 10-key.
2. Press the [START] key.
Content
Item
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
26cpm
5K
10K
20K
25K
50K
75K (Default)
FREE
31cpm
5K
10K
50K
75K
100K
150K (Default) *
FREE
* When selecting 150K, maintenance message is displayed by implementing the following conditions.
14-0
Purpose
Function
(Purpose)
Item
10-0
Section
Purpose
Function (Purpose)
Item
Default
18
18
50
50
10
Purpose
Function
(Purpose)
17-0
Error
DV count = 100K
DR count = 100K
* When maintenance message is displayed, replace consumption part
reaching the number of sheets of maintenance, then clear the
replaced part's counter only.
Operation/procedure
1. Press the [START] key.
2. When 1: YES is selected, troubles other than U2 and PF are canceled. (When 2: NO is selected, the simulation is canceled.)
AR-5726/5731 SIMULATION 6 - 12
22
22-1
Purpose
Function
(Purpose)
Item
Operation/procedure
Each counter is displayed.
TOTAL
MAINTENANCE
DEVE
DRUM
COPY
PRINTER
IMC
DUPLEX
OTHERS
FAX SEND
FAX RCV
FAX OUTPUT
DEVE RANGE
DRUM RANGE
DEVE ROLL
DRUM ROLL
DEVE LIFE
DRUM LIFE
Total counter
Maintenance counter
Developer counter
Drum counter
Copy counter
Printer counter
IMC counter
Duplex counter
The other counters
FAX Send counter
FAX receive counter
FAX print counter
Developer traveling distance counter
Drum traveling distance counter
Developer rotation counter (K)
Drum rotation counter (K)
Developer life meter (%)
Drum life meter (%)
Function
(Purpose)
Item
Jam contents
1st tray pick-up miss
2nd tray pick-up miss
3rd tray pick-up miss
4th tray pick-up miss
Multi manual feed pick-up miss
Paper-in sensor lead edge jam
Paper-in sensor rear edge jam
Paper-in sensor reverse jam
Duplex sensor lead edge jam
Duplex sensor rear edge jam
PS time out jam
Right paper exit lead edge jam
Right paper exit rear edge jam
Upper tray paper exit lead edge jam
Upper tray paper exit rear edge jam
Lower tray paper exit lead edge jam
Lower tray paper exit rear edge jam
Abnormality between PS papers.
2nd paper pass lead edge jam
2nd paper pass rear edge jam
3rd paper pass lead edge jam
3rd paper pass rear edge jam
4th paper pass lead edge jam
4th paper pass rear edge jam
Duplex short scale error
Finisher entry port sensor not-reached jam
Finisher entry port sensor remaining jam
Finisher paper exit remaining jam
Finisher staple jam
22-4
22-2
Purpose
Item
TRAY1
TRAY2
TRAY3
TRAY4
BPT
PPD1_ND
PPD1_ST
PPD1_DUP
PPD2_ND
PPD2_ST
PPD_PRI
POD3_ND
POD3_ST
POD2_ND
POD2_ST
POD1_ND
POD1_ST
PINT_SHORT
PFD2_ND
PFD2_ST
PFD3_ND
PFD3_ST
PFD4_ND
PFD4_ST
SIZE_SHORT
FPPD1_N
FPPD1_S
FSTPD_S
FSTPLJ
Operation/procedure
Purpose
Function
(Purpose)
Item
Operation/procedure
The trouble error codes are displayed in the sequence of the latest one
first. Max. 40 items of information are stored. (Older ones are deleted
in sequence.) The machine condition can be estimated by this data.
JAM counter
RSPF JAM counter
Trouble counter
22-5
Purpose
Function
(Purpose)
Item
Adjustment/Setting/Check
Used to check the ROM version of each unit (section).
Software
Operation/procedure
Adjustment/setting/operation data output/check
(display/print)
Used to check the misfeed positions and the number of
misfeed at each position. (When the number of
misfeed is considerably great, it can be judged as
necessary for repair.)
Trouble
Mis-feed
Operation/procedure
The misfeed history is displayed in the sequence of recentness by the
name of sensors and detectors. Max. 40 items of information can be
stored in memory. (The old ones are deleted sequentially.) The trouble
section may be determined by the data.
MCU
IMC
IMC
OPE
PRINTER
PRINTER
NIC
NIC
FINISHER
FINISHER
FAX
FAX
Panel
display
JPN
EFS
EEU
NEU
Destination
Japan
SEC
SECL
SUK
SCA/SCNZ
Distributor
area
SEEG/
SEA/East
Europe,
etc.
SEF/
SEES/
SEIS/SEN,
etc.
CHN
SOCC
TWN
Taiwan
ARB
Saudi
Arabia
FAS
Iran
22-7
Purpose
Function
(Purpose)
Item
Data
User data
Operation/procedure
Used to display the administrator password.
22-8
Purpose
Function
(Purpose)
Item
Operation/procedure
Simplified Chinese, American English,
English, Japanese
Traditional Chinese (Local support),
American English, English
American English, English, French, Spanish,
Hebrew (Local support), Arabic
English, Arabic, Persian, American English,
French, Spanish
RSPF counter
Scan counter
Stapler counter
22-9
Purpose
22-6
Adjustment/setting/operation data output/check
(display/print)
Used to print each system setting, the account
information, and the machine adjustment values.
Data
Setting/adjustment data
Purpose
Function
(Purpose)
Item
Operation/Procedure
Function
(Purpose)
Section
Item
Operation/procedure
Used to display each paper feed counter.
(Initial screen)
The currently set value is highlighted beside the adjustment item.
1. Select the adjustment item with the 10-key.
2. Press the [START] key.
The display is shifted to the copy menu and the set value is stored.
3. Select the paper feed tray and the print density.
BYPASS
TRAY1
TRAY2
TRAY3
TRAY4
Content
22-10
Purpose
Function
(Purpose)
Item
Option
ALL
SYSTEM SETTING
Operation/procedure
ACCOUNTING
COUNTERS
AUDITOR NO.
MACHINE SIM
SETTING
Item
SPEED
DF
OUTPUT
CASETTE1
CASETTE2
IMC MEM
PRINTER
PS3
NIC
SCANNER
FAX
FAX MEM
HAND SET
USB HOST
AR-5726/5731 SIMULATION 6 - 14
Display items
26CPM/31CPM
NONE/[1: RSPF]
NONE/[2: Finisher]/[3: Job separator]
NONE/[4: One-step paper feed unit]
NONE/[5: Two-step paper feed unit]
NONE/Expansion memory capacity (MB)
NONE/[6: PRINTER]
NONE/[7: PS3]
NONE/[8: NIC]
NONE/[9: SCANNER]
NONE/[10: FAX]
NONE/Memory capacity (MB)
NONE/[11: Handset]
NONE/USB HOST
Item
ICCARDR/W
Display items
Error code
NONE/MX-ECX2
Name
Sensor name
Item
ORG_LONG
Model code
RSPF
Finisher
Job separator
1 tray paper feed unit
2 tray paper feed unit
PRINTER
PS3
NIC
SCANNER
FAX
Handset
MX-RP10
MX-FN13
MX-TR11
MX-DE10 (*1)
MX-DE11 (*1)
MX-PB12
MX-PK10
STANDARD (Only SoftNic)
MX-NSX1
AR-FX7
AR-HN4
*1: The number of installed units is displayed beside the model code.
For the tray, only the option tray is displayed.
22-11
Adjustment/setting/operation data output/check
(display/print)
Used to display the FAX send/receive counter
(FAX reception and print counter).
FAX
Counter
Purpose
Function
(Purpose)
Section
Item
Operation/procedure
SPF P-OUT
sensor
SPF P-IN
sensor
Paper Reached/
Not Reached to
the sensor
Reached
Reached
22-13
Purpose
Function
(Purpose)
Item
Operation/Procedure
Used to display the CRUM type.
Item
00
01
02
03
04
05
99
Content
Not fixed.
AR-A
AR-B
AR-C
China
Japan
Conversion completed.
22-19
Purpose
Function
(Purpose)
Section
Item
Operation/procedure
Used to display the scanner counter.
22-12
Purpose
Function
(Purpose)
Section
Item
Operation/procedure
Used to display the RSPF jam history data sequentially from the latest
one.
Forty RSPF jam histories are displayed sequentially from the latest.
Error code
Name
Sensor name
SPF P-IN
sensor
SPF P-IN
sensor
RDD_ND
SPF P-IN
sensor
RDD_ST
SPF P-OUT
sensor
JAM_REV
RSPF duplex
reverse jam
SPF P-IN
sensor
ORG_SHORT
SPF P-IN
sensor
DFD_ND
DFD_ST
Paper Reached/
Not Reached to
the sensor
SCANMODE
24
24-1
Purpose
Function
(Purpose)
Section
Item
Data clear
Used to clear the misfeed counter, the misfeed history,
the trouble counter, and the trouble history. (The
counters are cleared after completion of maintenance.)
Memory
Counter
Operation/procedure
Not Reached
Reached
Reached,
P_OUT Not
Reached
Reached, P_IN
passed (OFF)
Not Reached
(Paper after
reversing)
Passed (OFF at
JAM)
Item
JAM
SPF JAM
TROUBLE
AR-5726/5731 SIMULATION 6 - 15
Content
JAM counter/JAM history
RSPF JAM counter/RSPF JAM history
Trouble counter/Trouble history
24-5
24-2
Purpose
Function
(Purpose)
Section
Item
Data clear
Used to clear the number of use (the number of prints)
of each paper feed section.
Paper feed
Counter
Purpose
Function
(Purpose)
Section
Operation/procedure
Item
Data clear
Used to reset the developer counter. (The developer
counter of the DV unit which is installed is reset.)
Image process
(Photoconductor/Developing/Transfer/Cleaning)
Developer/Toner hopper
Counter
Developer
Operation/procedure
3. Select 1: YES.
1: YES (Cleared)
2: NO (Not cleared) (Default)
1
2
3
4
5
Item
BYPASS
TRAY1
TRAY2
TRAY3
TRAY4
2. Select 1: YES.
1: YES (Cleared)
2: NO (Not cleared) (Default)
Content
Manual feed counter
Tray 1 counter
Tray 2 counter
Tray 3 counter
Tray 4 counter
24-6
Purpose
Function (Purpose)
Item
24-3
Purpose
Function
(Purpose)
Section
Item
Data clear
Used to clear the copy counter.
Counter
Copier
Operation/procedure
Data clear
Used to clear the number usage data of the stapler,
RSPF, and scanning.
Transport/Finisher
Counter
Operation/procedure
Used to clear the original and staple counters individually.
24-7
Purpose
Function
(Purpose)
3. Select 1: YES.
1: YES (Cleared)
2: NO (Not cleared) (Default)
1
2
3
Item
SPF
SCAN
STAPLE
Section
Content
Item
RSPF counter
Scan counter
Stapler counter
Operation/procedure
1. Press the [START] key.
The confirmation menu is shown.
2. Select 1: YES.
24-4
Purpose
Function (Purpose)
Item
Data clear
Used to clear the OPC drum (membrane decrease)
correction counter. (This simulation is executed when
the OPC drum is replaced.)
Image process
(Photoconductor/Developing/Transfer/Cleaning)
Photo conductor
Counter
Data clear
Used to reset the maintenance counter.
Counter
Operation/procedure
1. Press the [START] key. The confirmation menu is shown.
2. Select 1: YES.
1: YES (Cleared)
2: NO (Not cleared) (Default)
1: YES (Cleared)
2: NO (Not cleared) (Default)
24-9
Purpose
Function
(Purpose)
Section
Item
Data clear
Used to clear the printer counter and other counters.
Printer
Counter
Printer
Operation/procedure
1. Select the counter to be cleared with the 10-key.
2. Press the [START] key.
The confirmation menu is shown.
3. Select 1: YES.
1: YES (Cleared)
2: NO (Not cleared) (Default)
1
2
3
4
Item
PRINTER
IMC
DUPLEX
OTHERS
AR-5726/5731 SIMULATION 6 - 16
Content
Printer counter
IMC counter
DUPLEX counter
The other counters
25-2
24-10
Purpose
Function (Purpose)
Section
Item
Data clear
FAX counter data clear
FAX
Counter
Purpose
Function
(Purpose)
Setting
Used to make the initial setting of toner concentration
when replacing developer.
Image process
(Photoconductor/Developing/Transfer/Cleaning)
Developer/Toner hopper
Section
Operation/procedure
1. Select a counter to be cleared with the 10 key.
Operation/procedure
2. Select 1: YES.
1: YES (Cleared)
2: NO (Not cleared) (Default)
1
2
3
Item
FAX SEND
(PAGE & TIME)
FAX RECEIVE
(PAGE & TIME)
FAX OUTPUT
2) Turn on the power. (Since the cover is open, the machine does not
perform initializing.)
Content
FAX send page and time
The main motor rotates. After stirring for 3 min, the toner density
control sensor value is sampled 16 times, and the average value is
stored.
24-15
Purpose
Function
(Purpose)
Section
Item
Data clear
Used to clear the scanner counter in the network
scanner mode.
Scanner section
Counter
Operation/procedure
26
26-1
2. Select 1: YES.
Purpose
1: YES (Cleared)
2: NO (Not cleared) (Default)
The scanner mode counter and the number of send of the scanner are
cleared.
* The simulation to perform communication with the PCL is inhibited
until Notice Page storing is completed. (Only when the serviceman
call error occurs.)
* When in other than the serviceman call error, entering the simulation
is not allowed from the system check display.
Setting
Used to set whether the job separator is installed or
not. (Since this cannot be detected by hardware
detection, it is set in this simulation.)
Specifications
Option
Function
(Purpose)
Item
Operation/procedure
1. Select the set value with the 10-key.
2. Press the [START] key.
Set value
0
1
Connection option
None (default)
Job separator provided.
25
26-2
25-1
Purpose
Function
(Purpose)
Section
Item
Operation test/check
Used to check the operation of the main drive
(excluding the scanner section) and to check the
operation of the toner concentration sensor. (The toner
concentration sensor output can be monitored.)
DRIVE
Operation
Operation/procedure
1. Press the [START] key.
The main motor rotates to start monitoring the toner density control
sensor. (3min operation)
Purpose
Function
(Purpose)
Section
Item
Setting
Used to set whether the automatic detection of paper
size is made or not.
Paper feed
Specifications
Operation/procedure
1. Select the item with the 10-key and press the [START] key.
Used to set the automatic size detection.
2. Set whether automatic detection of paper size is made or not with
the 10-key.
1:B4/LG,FC
Setup
Detection invalid
Detection valid
Remarks
Default
Operation/procedure
Docu
ment
Destina
tion
Document
size
AB
series
FC
(8.5 x 13)
LG
(8.5 x 14)
Document
table/
RSPF
Inch
series
Paper
Manual
paper feed
tray
Inch
series
B4
B4
B4
FC
(8.5 x 13)
LG
(8.5 x 14)
LG
(8.5 x 14)
LG
(8.5 x 14)
WLT
(11 x 17)
All
destina
tions
AB
series
0
(Invalid)
B4
B4
Machine
paper feed
tray
Set value
1
(Valid)
FC
(8.5 x 13)
FC
(8.5 x 13)
FC
(8.5 x 13)
FC
(8.5 x 13)
FC
(8.5 x 13)
WLT
(11 x 17)
Content
P10
VENDOR
OTHER
Others
Setting
range
Default
0-2
FC
(8.5 x 13)
LG
(8.5 x 14)
B4
FC
(8.5 x 13)
LG
(8.5 x 14)
B4
LG
(8.5 x 14)
LG
(8.5 x 14)
B4
LG
(8.5 x 14)
LG
(8.5 x 14)
B4
FC
(8.5 x 13)
FC
(8.5 x 13)
B4
FC
(8.5 x 13)
FC
(8.5 x 13)
B4
26-5
Purpose
Function
(Purpose)
Item
Setting
Used to set the count mode of the total counter and the
maintenance counter.
Specifications
Counter
Operation/procedure
Used to set the count up number (1 or 2) when an A3/WLT paper
passes through.
For the drum counter and the developer counter, double count is
employed unconditionally.
Set value
0
1
Setup
Detection invalid
Detection valid
Remarks
Default
Docu
ment
Paper
Document
table/
RSPF
Machine
paper feed
tray
Manual
paper feed
tray
Destina
tion
AB
series
Inch
series
All
destina
tions
All
destina
tions
LT
(8.5 x 11)
Set value
0
1
(Invalid)
(Valid)
LT
A4
(8.5 x 11)
LT
A4
(8.5 x 11)
LT
A4
(8.5 x 11)
LT
A4
(8.5 x 11)
Document
size
A4
LT
(8.5 x 11)
A4
Function
(Purpose)
Section
Item
Content
TOTAL COUNTER
Total counter
MAINTENANCE COUNTER
Maintenance counter
Content
SINGLE COUNT
Single count
DOUBLE COUNT
Double count
Setting range
Default
1-2
26-6
Purpose
Function
(Purpose)
Item
Setting
Used to set the specifications depending on the
destination.
Specifications
Destination
Operation/procedure
Select the destination with the 10-key.
Regardless of the
simulation setup.
26-3
Purpose
Item
1
Setting
Used to set the specifications of the auditor.
Setting must be made depending on the use condition
of the auditor.
Auditor
Specifications
JAPAN
SEC
SECL
SEEG
SUK
SCA
SEF
INEG
ABEG
INEF
ABEF
CHINESE
TAIWAN
SEEG2
TAIWAN2
AR-5726/5731 SIMULATION 6 - 18
Content
Japan
SEC
SECL
SEEG
SUK
SCA
SEF
EX inch series
EX AB series
EX inch series (FC)
EX AB series (FC)
China
Taiwan AB
SEEG2
Taiwan China
Setting
range
Default
0-14
26-12
Purpose
Function
(Purpose)
Section
Item
Setting
Used to input the Software Key for E-MAIL RIC.
E-MAIL RIC
Specifications
Operation/procedure
The current setup is displayed with ON or OFF.
Enter an input (20 digits) of the E-MAIL RIC soft key with the 10-key
and press the [START] key, and the collating result is displayed with
OK or NG.
After canceling the simulation, if OK, the E-MAIL RIC function is
enable; if NG, the E-MAIL RIC function is disabled.
This setting must be reset after the simulation cancel.
26-14
Purpose
Function
(Purpose)
Section
Item
Item
PORTUGUESE
TURKISH
GREEK
POLISH
HUNGARIAN
CZECH
RUSSIAN
FINNISH
NORWEGIAN
DANISH
CHINESE
TAIWANESE
SLOVAK
HEBREW
BRAZILIAN
23
PORTUGUESE
24 ARABIC
25 FARSI
Remarks
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
Setting
Used to input the Software Key for the PS extention kit.
26-30
Purpose
Function
(Purpose)
Item
Printer
Specifications
Operation/procedure
Setting
Used to set ON/OFF of the heater lamp slow-up control
conforming to the CE mark control.
Specifications
Operation mode (Common)
Operation/procedure
Enter an input (20 digits) of the PS expansion kit soft key with the 10key and press the [START] key, and the collating result is displayed
with OK or NG.
Input the set value with the 10-key and press the [START] key.
This setup varies in connection with SIM 26-6 (Destination setup).
Others
OFF
ON
Purpose
Item
Content
Disable
Enable
Function
(Purpose)
Item
Input the set value with the 10-key and press the [START] key.
OFF
ON
Default
U.S.A, Canada, Australia, France, Taiwan
26-35
Setting
Operation/procedure
0
1
Item
Setup
Used to set whether the same continuous troubles are
displayed as one trouble or the series of troubles with
SIM 22-4 when the same troubles occur continuously.
Specifications
Operation/procedure
Setting
range
Default
0-1
Enter the set value with 10-key, and press [START] key.
Item
0 ONCE
1 ANY
Content
When two or more troubles occur, only one is
registered.
All the troubles occurred are registered.
Default
26-22
Purpose
Function
(Purpose)
Item
Setting
Used to set the specification (language display) for the
destination.
Specifications
Operation/procedure
Select the display language with the 10-key, and press the [START]
key.
This setup varies in connection with SIM 26-6 (Destination setup).
Item
Remarks
0 JAPANESE
1 ENG.US
2 ENG.UK
3 FRENCH
4 GERMAN
5 ITALY
6 DUTCH
7 SWEDISH
8 SPANISH
26-36
Purpose
Function
(Purpose)
Item
Setting
Used to set whether the machine is stopped or not
when the maintenance counter life is expired.
Operation
Operation/procedure
Input the set value with the 10-key and press the [START] key.
0
1
Item
STOP
NON STOP
AR-5726/5731 SIMULATION 6 - 19
Content
Stop
Non stop
Default
1
26-37
26-57
Purpose
Function
(Purpose)
Item
Setting
Used to set whether the machine is stopped or not
when the developer counter life is expired.
Operation
Operation/procedure
Purpose
Function (Purpose)
Item
Operation/procedure
Input the set value with the 10-key and press the [START] key.
Input the set value with the 10-key and press the [START] key.
Item
STOP
NON STOP
0
1
Setting
Used to set the model code.
Operation
Content
Stop
Non stop
Item
AR-5726
AR-5731
1
2
Default
1
26-60
26-38
Purpose
Purpose
Function
(Purpose)
Item
Setting
Used to set whether the machine is stopped or not
when the drum counter life is expired.
Operation
Operation/procedure
Input the set value with the 10-key and press the [START] key.
Item
STOP
NON STOP
0
1
Content
Stop
Non stop
Setting
Used to set enable/disable of the FAX mode key when
FAX is not installed. (When FAX is installed, the FAX
mode is enabled regardless of this setup.)
Operation
Function
(Purpose)
Item
Operation/procedure
Input the set value with the 10-key and press the [START] key.
Default
Content
Default
U.S.A, Canada,
U.K., Australia
Item
26-50
ON
OFF
Setting
Used to set ON/OFF of the black and white reversion
function.
Operation
Operation/procedure
Enter the set value with the 10-key, and press the [START] key.
Item
ON
OFF
Content
Enable
Disable
Default
1 (U.K.)
0 (Others)
26-56
Purpose
Function (Purpose)
Item
Setting
Gamma life correction setting
Operation
Operation/procedure
Sets enable/disable of the gamma life correction function.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Purpose
Function
(Purpose)
Item
0
1
Others
Item
AE (Japan)
AE (Ex Japan)
Text
Text/Photo
Photo (Error diffusion)
Photo (Dither)
T/S AE (Japan)
T/S AE (Ex Japan)
T/S Text
T/S Text/Photo
Set value
0: Disable
1: Enable
Default
0
0
1
1
1
1
0
0
1
1
AR-5726/5731 SIMULATION 6 - 20
30-2
26-71
Purpose
Function
(Purpose)
Setting
In the power save time setting, the pre-heat (pre-heat
mode setting) and the auto power shut off time can be
set to the short time setup (pre-heat: 1 min, auto power
shut off: 1 min) and the long time setup (pre-heat:
5min, auto power shut off: 30min).
Operation/procedure
Select the short time setup or the long time setup of the pre-heat time
and the auto power shut off time with the 10-key, and press the
[START] key.
Item
1
2
Content
Preheat: 1min, auto power shut off: 1min
Preheat: 5min, auto power shut off: 30min
Default
1
Note: When the sub code 71 is entered to display the setting menu,the
default values are always displayed. (However,the default time is
not always set.)
26-72
Purpose
Function
(Purpose)
Setting
The letterhead support is set.
When Letterhead paper setting is selected, the set
value of SIM 26-46 (Image output direction setting) is
set to Setting Enable accordingly.
Purpose
Function
(Purpose)
Section
Item
Operation test/check
Used to display the status of the sensors attached to
the standard tray and the manual feed tray. (Use SIM
4-2 for the option trays.)
The sensor of an uninstalled tray is not displayed.
Paper feed
Operation
Operation/procedure
The active sensors and detectors are highlighted.
PED1
LUD1
CD1
PED2
LUD2
CD2
PFD2
DSWR2
MPED
MPLS1
MPLS2
MPLD1
MPLD2
Width detection size of the manual feed tray (one of them is displayed.)
Operation/procedure
Input the set value with the 10-key and press the [START] key.
Item
0
1
Content
OFF
ON
Setting
range
Default
0-1
40
40-1
30
30-1
Purpose
Function
(Purpose)
Section
Item
Operation test/check
Used to display the sensor status attached to the
machine.
Others
Operation
Operation/procedure
The active sensors and detectors are highlighted.
PPD1H
PPD1L
PPD2
POD1
DVCH
DRST
DSWR1
SFTHP
POD2
TOPF
DSWR0
LOEMP
DUP2
POD3
PTOPF
Purpose
Function
(Purpose)
Section
Item
Operation test/check
Used to check the sensor of the machine manual feed
tray.
Paper feed
Operation
Operation/procedure
The active sensors and detectors are highlighted.
MPLS1
MPLS2
MPLD1
MPLD2
Width detection size of the manual feed tray (one of them is displayed.)
A4/A3, LT/WLT, B5/B4, INV/LTR, A5/A4R, B5R, POSTCARD, EXTRA,
8K/16K
40-2
Purpose
Function
(Purpose)
Section
Item
Adjustment
Used to adjust the manual paper feed tray paper width
detector detection level.
Paper feed
Operation
Operation/procedure
The adjustment method is of the 4-point system. Set the guide to Max.
(A3/WLetter) position, A4R/Letter R position, A5R/Invoice R position,
and Min. position for adjustment.
1) Set A3/W Letter and fit the guide, then press the [START] key.
2) Set A4R/LetterR and fit the guide, then press the [START] key.
3) Set to A5R/INVOICE R and fit the guide, then press the [START]
key.
4) Narrow the guide at minimum, press the [START] key.
5) Set the paper detection width (+), and press the [START] key.
AR-5726/5731 SIMULATION 6 - 21
6) Set the paper detection width (), and press the [START] key.
41-3
If FAILED is displayed in procedure 1), 2), 3), or 4), it is NG of adjustment. Repeat the adjustment.
Purpose
Yes
No
Yes
No
Function
(Purpose)
MID-L ADJ.ON
MID-L ADJ.OFF
NID-S ADJ.ON
MID-S ADJ.OFF
Section
Item
Operation test/check
Used to check the light reception level and the
detection level of the original size detection photo
sensor.
Others
Operation
Operation/procedure
The detection output level of each sensor is displayed in real time.
40-3
Purpose
Function
(Purpose)
Section
Item
Adjustment
The AD conversion value of manual feed width
detection is displayed.
Paper feed
Operation
Operation/procedure
The AD conversion value of manual feed width detection is displayed.
OCSW
1 to 5
41
41-1
Purpose
Function
(Purpose)
Section
Item
Operation test/check
Used to check the document size detection photo
sensor.
Others
Operation
Purpose
Function
(Purpose)
Section
Item
The operation status of the sensors and detectors in the original size
detection section are displayed. The active sensors and detectors are
highlighted.
1 to 5
PD1 to 5
Others
Operation
Set the OC cover at 20 degrees detection and press the [START] key.
OCSW
OCSW
Operation/procedure
Operation/procedure
Adjustment
43
43-1
41-2
Purpose
Function
(Purpose)
Section
Item
Adjustment
Used to adjust the detection level of the document size
photo sensor.
Others
Operation
Purpose
Function
(Purpose)
Section
Item
Setting
Used to set the fusing temperature.
Fixing (Fusing)
Operation
Operation/procedure
Operation/procedure
Item
Ready
Temp Main
(145)
Ready
Temp Sub
(145)
Ready
Temp Main
(122)
Ready
Temp Sub
(122)
AR-5726/5731 SIMULATION 6 - 22
Content
Ready
temperature Main
(145mm/s)
Ready
temperature Sub
(145mm/s)
Ready
temperature Main
(122mm/s)
Ready
temperature Sub
(122mm/s)
Setting
range
Default
(Others) (Europe)
150 220
185
190
150 220
180
185
150 220
175
180
150 220
170
175
Item
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
WarmUp
Target Main
(145)
WarmUp
Target Sub
(145)
WarmUp
Target Main
(122)
WarmUp
Target Sub
(122)
WarmUp
Temp Main
(145)
WarmUp
Temp Sub
(145)
WarmUp
Temp Main
(122)
WarmUp
Temp Sub
(122)
600dpi
Main (145)
600dpi Sub
(145)
POST
CARD
Main (145)
POST
CARD Sub
(145)
CARDBOA
RD Main
(145)
CARDBOA
RD Sub
(145)
600dpi
Main (122)
600dpi Sub
(122)
CARDBOA
RD Main
(122)
POST
CARD Sub
(122)
POST
CARD
(122mm/s)
CARDBOA
RD Sub
(122)
Content
Warmup target
temperature Main
(145mm/s)
Warmup target
temperature Sub
(145mm/s)
Warmup target
temperature Main
(122mm/s)
Warmup target
temperature Sub
(122mm/s)
Warmup
complete
temperature Main
(145mm/s)
Warmup
complete
temperature Sub
(145mm/s)
Warmup
complete
temperature Main
(122mm/s)
Warmup
complete
temperature Sub
(122mm/s)
600dpi Main
(145mm/s)
600dpi Sub
(145mm/s)
Postcard Main
(145mm/s)
Postcard Sub
(145mm/s)
Thick paper Main
(145mm/s)
Thick paper Sub
(145mm/s)
Setting
range
Default
(Others) (Europe)
150 220
180
190
150 220
180
190
43-10
Purpose
Function
(Purpose)
Section
Item
Setting
Used to set the paper feed cycle timing when printing
postcards.
Paper feed
Operation
Operation/procedure
Input the set value with the 10-key and press the [START] key.
150 220
175
150 220
170
Setting range
Default
1-99
50
44
0 - 40
10
44-1
0 - 40
Purpose
Function
(Purpose)
15
Section
0 - 40
Item
10
Setting
Used to make various setups in each mode of process
control.
Image process
(Photoconductor/Developing/Transfer/Cleaning)
Operation
Operation/procedure
Enter the set value with the 10-key, and press the [START] key.
0 - 40
150 220
150 220
Item
ENVIRONMENT
1
ADJ.
15
190
195
190
195
150 220
200
150 220
200
Content
Environmental correction Allow/
Inhibit (0: Inhibit, 1: Allow)
Duplex print correction Allow/
2 DUPLEX PRINT ADJ.
Inhibit (0: Inhibit, 1: Allow)
Transfer current enviroment
ENVIROMENT ADJ
3
correction Allow/Innibit
(TC)
(0: Inhibit, 1: Allow)
Default
1
0
0
44-2
150 220
200
150 220
200
Purpose
Setting
Function
(Purpose)
Section
Item
Operation
Operation/procedure
1. Select an item with 10-key, and press [START] key.
600dpi Main
(122mm/s)
600dpi Sub
(122mm/s)
Postcard Main
(122mm/s)
Postcard Sub
(122mm/s)
Thick paper Main
(122mm/s)
Thick paper Sub
(122mm/s)
150 220
150 220
175
185
175
185
Item
1
150 220
190
150 220
190
150 220
150 220
190
GRIDBIAS
ADJUST
Content
Drum life correction Disable/
Enable
(0: Disable, 1: Enable)
Default
44-3
Purpose
Setting
Function
(Purpose)
Section
Image process
(Photoconductor/Developing/Transfer/Cleaning)
Item
Operation
190
AR-5726/5731 SIMULATION 6 - 23
Operation/procedure
Item
PR_LIFE_ADJUST
TN_LIFE_ADJUST
RATE_ADJUST
TONER_ADJUST
Content
DV count correction Disable/
Enable
(0: Disable, 1: Enable)
Life of toner control DV
correction Disable/Enable
(0: Disable, 1: Enable)
Printing rate correction
Disable/Enable
(0: Disable, 1: Enable)
Toner unconditionally supply
correction Disable/Enable
(0: Disable, 1: Enable)
Default
1
44-9
Purpose
Function
(Purpose)
Section
Image process
(Photoconductor/Developing/Transfer/Cleaning)
Item
Operation
Operation/procedure
Used to display the process control correction information.
44-14
Purpose
Function
(Purpose)
Item
Operation
Operation/procedure
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
465001 - 857313
857314 - 1714625
1714626 - 2571938
2571939 - 3429250
3429251 - 4286563
4286564 - 5143875
5143876 - 6001188
6001189 - 6858500
6858501 - 7715813
7715814 - 8573125
8573126 - 9430438
9430439 - 10287750
10287751 - 11145063
11145064 - 12002375
12002376 0 - 93000
93001 - 186000
186001 - 279000
279001 - 372000
372001 - 465000
465001 - 857313
857314 - 1714625
1714626 - 2571938
2571939 - 3429250
3429251 - 4286563
4286564 - 5143875
5143876 - 6001188
6001189 - 6858500
6858501 - 7715813
7715814 - 8573125
8573126 - 9430438
9430439 - 10287750
10287751 - 11145063
11145064 - 12002375
12002376 -
(31-sheet model)
(31-sheet model)
(31-sheet model)
(31-sheet model)
(31-sheet model)
(31-sheet model)
(31-sheet model)
(31-sheet model)
(31-sheet model)
(31-sheet model)
(31-sheet model)
(31-sheet model)
(31-sheet model)
(31-sheet model)
(31-sheet model)
(26-sheet model)
(26-sheet model)
(26-sheet model)
(26-sheet model)
(26-sheet model)
(26-sheet model)
(26-sheet model)
(26-sheet model)
(26-sheet model)
(26-sheet model)
(26-sheet model)
(26-sheet model)
(26-sheet model)
(26-sheet model)
(26-sheet model)
(26-sheet model)
(26-sheet model)
(26-sheet model)
(26-sheet model)
(26-sheet model)
Setting
range
1-99
1-99
1-99
1-99
1-99
1-99
1-99
1-99
1-99
1-99
1-99
1-99
1-99
1-99
1-99
1-99
1-99
1-99
1-99
1-99
1-99
1-99
1-99
1-99
1-99
1-99
1-99
1-99
1-99
1-99
1-99
1-99
1-99
1-99
1-99
Default
45
45
45
45
45
45
45
45
45
45
45
45
45
45
45
45
45
45
45
45
45
45
45
45
45
45
45
45
45
45
45
45
45
45
45
TMP DATA
HUD DATA
44-17
Purpose
* The value before entry of SIM is displayed. (It is not revised in real
time.)
If sim entry is just after power turned on, the display value is all 0.
Function
(Purpose)
Section
Item
Operation/procedure
44-16
The following data are displayed. (The displayed value is the previous
print correction value.)
Purpose
Setting
Function
(Purpose)
Section
Image process
(Photoconductor/Developing/Transfer/Cleaning)
Item
Operation
TARGET
DEV REF
LIFE
TH
Operation/procedure
Sets the toner density control correction value of the traveling distance
count.
Item
1
2
3
4
5
0 - 93000
93001 - 186000
186001 - 279000
279001 - 372000
372001 - 465000
(31-sheet model)
(31-sheet model)
(31-sheet model)
(31-sheet model)
(31-sheet model)
Setting
range
1-99
1-99
1-99
1-99
1-99
Developer adjustment value 128, life correction 60 (developer adjustment value plus 10), environment correction 45 (5 subtraction correction), rapid toner supply correction = 128+(60-50)+(45-50) = 133.)
Default
45
45
45
45
45
AR-5726/5731 SIMULATION 6 - 24
44-34
Item
Purpose
Function
(Purpose)
Setting
Used to set the transfer current value in each mode.
Operation/procedure
1. Touch the item to be set.
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
*2: SEC/SEEG/SUK
Item
1 +V1F (145)
2 +V1R (145)
3 +V2F (145)
4 +V2R (145)
5 +V1S-F (145)
6 +V1S-R (145)
7 +V2S-F (145)
8 +V2S-R (145)
9 +V1SS-F (145)
10 +V1SS-R (145)
11 +V1SS-F (145)
12 +V1SS-R (145)
13 +V1 THICK (145)
14 +V2 THICK (145)
+V1 THICK S
(145)
+V2 THICK S
16
(145)
15
Content
145mm/s normal paper W
+V1 single surface. Duplex
(Front)
145mm/s normal paper W
+V1 Duplex (Back)
145mm/s normal paper W
+V2 single surface. Duplex
(Front)
145mm/s normal paper W
+V2 Duplex (Back)
145mm/s normal paper N1
+V1 single surface. Duplex
(Front)
145mm/s normal paper N1
+V1 Duplex (Back)
145mm/s normal paper N1
+V2 single surface. Duplex
(Front)
145mm/s normal paper N1
+V2 Duplex (Back)
145mm/s normal paper N2
+V1 single surface. Duplex
(Front)
145mm/s normal paper N2
+V1 Duplex (Back)
145mm/s normal paper N2
+V2 single surface. Duplex
(Front)
145mm/s normal paper N2
+V2 Duplex (Back)
145mm/s thick paper > LTR
+V1
145mm/s thick paper > LTR
+V2
145mm/s thick paper t LTR
+V1
145mm/s thick paper t LTR
+V2
145mm/s thin paper > LTR
+V1
145mm/s thin paper > LTR
+V2
145mm/s thin paper t LTR
+V1
145mm/s thin paper t LTR
+V2
Setting Default
range *1 *2
+V1 LABEL S
(145)
+V2 LABEL S
(145)
+V1 OHP (145)
+V2 OHP(145)
+V1 OHP S (145)
+V2 OHP S (145)
+V1 POSTCARD
(145)
+V2 POSTCARD
(145)
+V1 POSTCARD
S (145)
+V2 POSTCARD
S (145)
33 +V1F (122)
5-30
34 +V1R (122)
5-30
35 +V2F (122)
5-30
18 20
36 +V2R (122)
5-30
14 18
37 +V1S-F (122)
5-30
38 +V1S-R (122)
5-30
39 +V2S-F (122)
5-30
18
40 +V2S-R (122)
5-30
18
5-30
5-30
5-30
18
5-30
18
5-30
5-30
14
5-30
5-30
14
5-30
5-30
18
5-30
5-30
18
41 +V1SS-F (122)
42 +V1SS-R (122)
43 +V2SS-F (122)
44 +V2SS-R (122)
45 +V1 THICK (122)
46 +V2 THICK (122)
+V1 THICK S
(122)
+V2 THICK S
48
(122)
47
AR-5726/5731 SIMULATION 6 - 25
Content
145mm/s label paper > LTR
+V1
145mm/s label paper > LTR
+V2
145mm/s label paper t LTR
+V1
145mm/s label paper t LTR
+V2
145mm/s OHP > LTR +V1
145mm/s OHP > LTR +V2
145mm/s OHP t LTR +V1
145mm/s OHP t LTR +V2
145mm/s postcard/envelope
> 100mm +V1
145mm/s postcard/envelope
> 100mm +V2
145mm/s postcard/envelope
t 100mm +V1
145mm/s postcard/envelope
t 100mm +V2
122mm/s normal paper W
+V1 single surface. Duplex
(Front)
122mm/s normal paper W
+V1 Duplex (Back)
122mm/s normal paper W
+V2 single surface. Duplex
(Front)
122mm/s normal paper W
+V2 Duplex (Back)
122mm/s normal paper N1
+V1 single surface. Duplex
(Front)
122mm/s normal paper N1
+V1 Duplex (Back)
122mm/s normal paper N1
+V2 single surface. Duplex
(Front)
122mm/s normal paper N1
+V2 Duplex (Back)
122mm/s normal paper N2
+V2 Duplex (Back)
122mm/s normal paper N2
+V1 single surface. Duplex
(Front)
122mm/s normal paper N2
+V1 Duplex (Back)
122mm/s normal paper N2
+V2 single surface. Duplex
(Front)
122mm/s thick paper > LTR
+V1
122mm/s thick paper > LTR
+V2
122mm/s thick paper t LTR
+V1
122mm/s thick paper t LTR
+V2
122mm/s thin paper > LTR
+V1
122mm/s thin paper > LTR
+V2
122mm/s thin paper t LTR
+V1
122mm/s thin paper t LTR
+V2
122mm/s label paper > LTR
+V1
122mm/s label paper > LTR
+V2
Setting Default
range *1 *2
5-30
5-30
18
5-30
5-30
14
5-30
5-30
5-30
5-30
5
14
5
18
5-30
5-30
26
5-30
5-30
26
5-30
5-30
5-30
12 14
5-30
12
5-30
5-30
5-30
14
5-30
14
5-30
5-30
5-30
14
5-30
14
5-30
5-30
10
5-30
5-30
12
5-30
5-30
12
5-30
5-30
12
5-30
5-30
12
Item
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
Setting Default
range *1 *2
Content
+V1 LABEL S
(122)
+V2 LABEL S
(122)
+V1 OHP (122)
+V2 OHP (122)
+V1 OHP S (122)
+V2 OHP S (122)
+V1 POSTCARD
(122)
+V2 POSTCARD
(122)
+V1 POSTCARD
S (122)
+V2 POSTCARD
S (122)
46-9
Purpose
Adjustment
Used to adjust the shift amount and the inclination
value for each level (1 to 5) of the exposure mode
(Text).
Picture quality
Density
5-30
5-30
12
5-30
5-30
5-30
5-30
5
8
5
12
5-30
5-30
16
5-30
5-30
16
Function
(Purpose)
Item
Operation/procedure
1. Touch the item to be adjusted.
The adjustment item and the currently set value are highlighted.
44-40
Purpose
Function
(Purpose)
Setting
Used to set the time from the start of the main motor
rotation (Ready) to the start of toner supply in previous
rotation after turning on the power.
Operation/procedure
Enter the set value with the 10-key, and press the [START] key.
Set the toner supply previous rotation time.
Setting range
Default
1-99 (sec)
4 (sec)
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
46
14
46-2
15
Purpose
Function
(Purpose)
Item
Adjustment
Used to set the exposure level in each exposure mode.
Picture quality
17
Density
Operation/procedure
1. Touch the item to be adjusted. (Automatic adjustment)
The currently set value is highlighted beside the adjustment item.
2. Press the [START] key.
The display is shifted to the copy menu.
(Exposure mode)
AE
TEXT
TEXT/PHOTO
PHOTO
AE(TS)
TEXT(TS)
TEXT/PHOTO(TS)
19
1.0 (SHIFT)
1.0 (GAMMA)
2.0 (SHIFT)
2.0 (GAMMA)
3.0 (SHIFT)
3.0 (GAMMA)
4.0 (SHIFT)
4.0 (GAMMA)
5.0 (SHIFT)
5.0 (GAMMA)
TS 1.0
(SHIFT)
1TS 1.0
(GAMMA)
TS 2.0
(SHIFT)
TS 2.0
(GAMMA)
TS 3.0
(SHIFT)
TS 3.0
(GAMMA)
TS 4.0
(SHIFT)
TS 4.0
(GAMMA)
TS 5.0
(SHIFT)
TS 5.0
(GAMMA)
Setting
range
1-99
1-99
1-99
1-99
1-99
1-99
1-99
1-99
1-99
1-99
Default
22
44
36
47
50
50
61
55
72
60
1-99
22
1-99
44
1-99
36
1-99
47
1-99
50
1-99
50
1-99
61
1-99
55
1-99
72
1-99
60
Note: When this simulation is canceled, the display returns to the initial
menu but the machine is not reset.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
18
20
Item
16
Content
46-10
Setting
Default
range
Content
AE
Character
Character/Photo
Photo
AE (TS)
Character (TS)
Character/Photo (TS)
Level 3.0
Level 3.0
Level 3.0
Purpose
Function
(Purpose)
1-99
50
Item
Adjustment
Used to adjust the shift amount and the inclination
value for each level (1 to 5) of the exposure mode
(Text/Photo).
Picture quality
Operation/procedure
1. Touch the item to be adjusted.
The adjustment item and the currently set value are highlighted.
Level 3.0
Level 3.0
AR-5726/5731 SIMULATION 6 - 26
Content
1 1.0 (SHIFT)
2 1.0 (GAMMA)
3 2.0 (SHIFT)
4 2.0 (GAMMA)
5 3.0 (SHIFT)
6 3.0 (GAMMA)
7 4.0 (SHIFT)
8 4.0 (GAMMA)
9 5.0 (SHIFT)
10 5.0 (GAMMA)
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
TS 1.0
(SHIFT)
TS 1.0
(GAMMA)
TS 2.0
(SHIFT)
TS 2.0
(GAMMA)
TS 3.0
(SHIFT)
TS 3.0
(GAMMA)
TS 4.0
(SHIFT)
TS 4.0
(GAMMA)
TS 5.0
(SHIFT)
TS 5.0
(GAMMA)
Setting
Default
range
Item
1.0(SHIFT)
1.0(GAMMA)
2.0(SHIFT)
2.0(GAMMA)
3.0(SHIFT)
3.0(GAMMA)
4.0(SHIFT)
4.0(GAMMA)
5.0(SHIFT)
5.0(GAMMA)
Setting
range
Default
1-99
16
50
33
50
50
50
56
61
62
66
30
1-99
37
1-99
40
1-99
43
1-99
50
1-99
50
1-99
57
1-99
61
1-99
64
1-99
66
1-99
30
1-99
37
1-99
40
2. Enter the set value of the exposure level with the 10-key, and
press the [#/P] key.
1-99
43
1-99
50
1-99
50
1-99
57
1-99
61
1-99
64
1-99
66
Note: When this simulation is canceled, the display returns to the initial
menu but the machine is not reset.
46-12
Purpose
Function
(Purpose)
Section
Item
Adjustment
FAX exposure level adjustment
(1 mode automatic adjustment)
FAX
Image quality
Operation/procedure
1. Select 1: COPY START.
The currently set value is displayed beside the item.
Normal display
NOW PRINTING
DOOR OPEN
JAM
PAPER EMPTY
Error display
2 FAX EXP.LEVEL
0-99
50
Note: Executable only when the FAX is installed.
46-13
46-11
Function
(Purpose)
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Content
1-99
Note: When this simulation is canceled, the display returns to the initial
menu but the machine is not reset.
Purpose
Item
Adjustment
Used to adjust the shift amount and the inclination
value for each level (1 to 5) of the exposure mode
(Photo).
Picture quality
Density
Purpose
Function
(Purpose)
Section
Item
Adjustment
FAX exposure level adjustment
(Normal mode individual adjustment)
FAX
Image quality
Operation/procedure
The currently set value is highlighted beside the item.
1. Select an item to be adjusted.
Operation/procedure
2. Enter the set value of the exposure level with the 10-key.
Error display
NOW PRINTING
DOOR OPEN
JAM
PAPER EMPTY
Item
COPY START
EXP.LEVEL
AE
MANUAL
Content
Setting range
Copy start
Default
50
46-16
46-14
Purpose
Function
(Purpose)
Section
Item
Adjustment
FAX exposure level adjustment
(Fine text mode individual adjustment)
FAX
Image quality
Purpose
Function
(Purpose)
Section
Item
Adjustment
FAX exposure level adjustment
(Ultra Fine mode individual adjustment)
FAX
Image quality
Operation/procedure
Operation/procedure
2. Enter the set value of the exposure level with the 10-key, and
press the [#/P] key.
2. Enter the set value of the exposure level with the 10-key.
Normal display
NOW PRINTING
DOOR OPEN
JAM
PAPER EMPTY
Error display
Error display
5
6
Setting
Default
range
Content
COPY START
EXP.LEVEL
AE (PHOTO ON)
AE (PHOTO OFF)
MANUAL
(PHOTO ON)
MANUAL
(PHOTO OFF)
NOW PRINTING
DOOR OPEN
JAM
PAPER EMPTY
1
2
3
4
Copy start
Exposure level selection
Fine text AE (Half tone)
Fine text AE
Fine text MANUAL
(Half tone)
0-99
50
2 EXP.LEVEL
Exposure level selection
3 AE (PHOTO ON)
Ultra Fine AE (Half tone)
4 AE (PHOTO OFF) Ultra Fine AE
MANUAL
Ultra Fine MANUAL
0-99
5
(PHOTO ON)
(Half tone)
MANUAL
Ultra Fine MANUAL
6
(PHOTO OFF)
46-15
46-18
Purpose
Function
(Purpose)
Section
Item
Adjustment
FAX exposure level adjustment
(Super Fine mode individual adjustment)
FAX
Image quality
Purpose
Function
(Purpose)
Item
Adjustment
Used to adjust inclination for each exposure mode.
Picture quality
2. Enter the set value of the exposure level with the 10-key.
NOW PRINTING
DOOR OPEN
JAM
PAPER EMPTY
(Auto adjustment)
Item
Content
1
2
COPY START
EXP.LEVEL
AE (PHOTO ON)
AE (PHOTO OFF)
MANUAL
(PHOTO ON)
MANUAL
(PHOTO OFF)
Copy start
Exposure level selection
Super Fine AE
(Half tone)
Super Fine AE
Super Fine MANUAL
(Half tone)
5
6
50
Error display
Operation/procedure
Operation/procedure
Normal display
Default
Setting
range
0-99
Default
50
AE
Character
Character/Photo
Photo
AE(TS)
Character (TS)
Character/Photo
7 TEXT/PHOTO(TS)
(TS)
1
2
3
4
5
6
AE
TEXT
TEXT/PHOTO
PHOTO
AE(TS)
TEXT(TS)
Setting
Default
range
Content
Level 3.0
Level 3.0
Level 3.0
1-99
50
Level 3.0
Level 3.0
Note: When this simulation is canceled, the display returns to the initial
menu but the machine is not reset.
AR-5726/5731 SIMULATION 6 - 28
46-31
46-19
Purpose
Function
(Purpose)
Item
Adjustment
Used to set the control method of the exposure mode.
Picture quality
4
5
PHOTO MODE
Content
Auto exposure mode*
(1: Priority on Image quality,
2: Priority on toner consumption)
Auto exposure STOP mode
(COPY)
(0: Fixed, 1: Real-time)
1
2
3
4
Setting range
Default
0-2
Default
46-39
Purpose
Function
(Purpose)
Setting
Used to switch the FAX send image quality.
Item
0
HAIRLINE
PRINTER
Content
Original with pencil lines
and thin lines
Printed original
Setting range
Default
0-1
Setting
Used to set the AE and the limit value in AE
(Toner save).
Operation/procedure
Operation/procedure
Item
AE MODE
(1:EXPOSURE
2:TONER)
AE STOP(COPY)
(0:FIXED
1:REAL TIME)
AE MODE(FAX)
(0:FIXED
1:REAL TIME)
AE STOP(SCAN)
(0:FIXED
1:REAL TIME)
Purpose
Function
(Purpose)
Adjustment
Used to set the exposure correction value of SPF/
RSPF for OC exposure.
Picture quality
48
48-1
Purpose
Function
(Purpose)
Section
Item
Adjustment
Used to adjust the copy mode magnification ratio
(main scanning direction, sub scanning direction).
Image processing
Picture quality
Operation/procedure
1. Touch the item to be set.
The item and the currently set value are highlighted.
Operation/procedure
3. Select the paper feed tray and the print density, and enter the
adjustment value with the 10-key.
1
2
Item
SPF EXPOSURE
RSPF EXPOSURE
Content
SPF
RSPF
Setting range
Default
1-99
53
Item
1
F-R
SCAN
SPF (SIDE1)
Operation/procedure
SPF (SIDE2)
DUPLEX
MirSpeed
46-30
Purpose
Function
(Purpose)
Setting
Used to set the AE and the limit value in AE
(Toner save).
Item
AE
AE(TS)
Setting range
Default
0-31
Content
Main scanning magnification
ratio adjustment
Sub scanning magnification
ratio adjustment
RSPF surface sub scan
magnification ratio
RSPF back surface sub scan
magnification ratio
DUPLEX sub scanning
magnification ratio adjustment
Mirror speed adjustment
Setting
range
Default
50
60
1-99
50
Note: When this simulation is canceled, the display is shifted to the initial menu, but the machine is not reset.
AR-5726/5731 SIMULATION 6 - 29
48-2
Purpose
Function
(Purpose)
Section
Item
Adjustment
Used to adjust the scanner mode magnification ratio
(main/sub scanning direction).
Image processing
Picture quality
Operation/procedure
1. Touch the item to be set.
The item and the currently set value are highlighted.
2. Press the [START] key.
The display is shifted to the copy menu.
3. Select the paper feed tray and the print density, and enter the
adjustment value with the 10-key.
4. Press the [START] key.
Copying is started.
Content
Setting
range
Default
1-99
50
Item
1
F-R
SCAN
SPF (SIDE1)
SPF (SIDE2)
SCAN SELECT
Scan selection
2
1-255*
128
(OC/SPF/RSPF)
(OC/ SPF/RSPF)
SCAN Main scanning
3 OC(MAIN)
magnification ratio
1-255*
128
adjustment (OC)
SCAN Sub scanning
4 OC(SUB)
magnification ratio
1-255*
128
adjustment (OC)
SCAN Main scanning
5 SPF(MAIN)
magnification ratio
1-255*
128
adjustment (SPF)
SCAN Sub scanning
6 SPF(SUB)
magnification ratio
1-255*
128
adjustment (SPF)
SCAN Main scanning
7 RSPF(MAIN)
magnification ratio
1-255*
128
adjustment (RSPF)
SCAN Sub scanning
8 RSPF(SUB)
magnification ratio
1-255*
128
adjustment (RSPF)
* The adjustment can be made in the range of 12.7% - +12.7% by
the increment of 0.1%.
48-3
Purpose
Function
(Purpose)
Section
Item
Adjustment
Used to adjust the print mode magnification ratio
correction.
Image processing
Picture quality
48-9
Purpose
Function (Purpose)
Section
Operation/procedure
Adjustment
FAX magnification adjustment (print)
FAX
1. The adjustment item and the currently set value are highlighted.
Operation/procedure
The change of the paper transfer speed is 0.1% when changing value
is 1.
2. Enter the set value of the magnification ratio correction with the 10
key.
1
2
Item
Content
Setting
range
Default
145mm/s
122mm/s
45-55
50
Normal display
Error display
Adjustment
FAX magnification adjustment (read)
FAX
Operation/procedure
The currently set value is highlighted beside the item.
1. Select an item to be adjusted.
2. Enter the set value of the magnification ratio adjustment with the
10 key.
3. Press the [START] key.
Copying is started and the set value is stored.
Normal display
Error display
NOW PRINTING
DOOR OPEN
JAM
PAPER EMPTY
48-8
Purpose
Function
(Purpose)
Section
NOW PRINTING
DOOR OPEN
JAM
PAPER EMPTY
AR-5726/5731 SIMULATION 6 - 30
50
Item
50-1
Purpose
Function
(Purpose)
Item
Adjustment
Used to adjust the copy lead edge position.
Picture quality
Content
Image position
SIDE VOID
Setting
Default
range
1-99
18
1-99
18
1-5
Operation/procedure
1. Touch the item to be adjusted.
The item and the currently set value are highlighted.
50-5
2. Enter the adjustment value with the 10-key and press the [P] key.,
The display goes to the copy menu.
When the [START] key is pressed, the display goes to the copying
state and print is started.
(When the [P] key is pressed: Copy menu)
2
3
4
5
6
7
2. Enter the adjustment value with the 10-key and press the [P] key.,
The display goes to the copy menu.
When the [START] key is pressed, the display goes to the copying
state and print is started.
(When the [P] key is pressed: Copy menu)
1. Note down the adjustment value of SIM 50-5 (Items 1, 2, 3, 4), and
change the value to 99.
Adjustment
Used to adjust the print image position (top margin) on
the print paper in the print mode.
Picture quality
Print area
Operation/procedure
Item
Purpose
Function
(Purpose)
Item
Content
Setting
Default
range
1-99
43
50-6
Purpose
Function
(Purpose)
Item
Adjustment
Used to adjust the print image position (top margin) on
print paper in the copy mode. (RSPF)
Picture quality
Image position
Operation/procedure
1. Touch the item to be adjusted.
The item and the currently set value are highlighted.
2. Enter the adjustment value with the 10-key and press the [P] key.,
The display goes to the copy menu.
When the [START] key is pressed, the display goes to the copying
state and print is started.
(When the [P] key is pressed: Copy menu)
3. Select the paper feed tray and the print density.
Enter the exposure level with the 10-key.
4. Press the [START] key.
Copying is started.
1-99
18
1-99
18
Note: When this simulation is canceled, the display is shifted to the initial menu, but the machine is not reset.
Item
1-99
18
1-99
18
1-99
30
1-99
50
1 SIDE1
2 SIDE2
3 END EDGE
4 LOSS(SIDE1)
5 LOSS(SIDE2)
AR-5726/5731 SIMULATION 6 - 31
Content
Surface original scan start
position adjustment
Back original scan start
position set
Rear edge void adjustment
(RSPF)
Surface image loss quantity
set
Back image loss quantity set
Setting
range
Default
1-99
50
1-99
50
1-99
50
1-5
1-5
Item
Content
Setting
range
Default
1-5
1-5
NOW PRINTING
DOOR OPEN
JAM
PAPER EMPTY
Adjustment
FAX lead edge adjustment (read)
FAX
1 COPY START
Setting
Default
range
43-57
53
43-57
53
43-57
53
43-57
53
43-57
53
43-57
53
Item
2. Enter the set value of the lead edge adjustment with the 10 key.
3. Press the [START] key.
Copying is started.
Normal display
NOW PRINTING
DOOR OPEN
JAM
PAPER EMPTY
Error display
4 LEFT
5 REAR
6 RIGHT
Content
Copy start
Setting
range
Copy start
Print lead edge void
LEAD
adjustment value
(Front surface)
Print left edge void
LEFT
adjustment value
(Front surface)
Print rear edge void
REAR
adjustment value
(Front surface)
Print lead edge void
LEAD
adjustment value
(DUPLEX)
(Back surface)
Print left edge void
LEFT (DUPLEX) adjustment value
(Back surface)
Print rear edge void
REAR
adjustment value
(DUPLEX)
(Back surface)
Default
50-10
Purpose
1-3
43-57
50
43-57
50
Function
(Purpose)
Section
Item
Adjustment
Used to adjust the print image center position.
(Adjustment can be made for each paper feed
section.)
Image processing (ICU)
Picture quality
Image position
Operation/procedure
1. Touch the item to be adjusted.
The item and the currently set value are highlighted.
43-57
50
43-57
50
2. Enter the adjustment value with the 10-key and press the [P] key.,
The display goes to the copy menu.
When the [START] key is pressed, the display goes to the copying
state and print is started.
(When the [P] key is pressed: Copy menu)
3. Select the paper feed tray and the print density.
Enter the exposure level with the 10-key.
50-9
Purpose
Function (Purpose)
Section
Content
Adjustment
FAX lead edge adjustment (print)
FAX
Operation/procedure
The currently set value is highlighted beside the item.
1. Select an item to be adjusted.
2. Enter the set value of the lead edge adjustment with the 10 key.
Note: When this simulation is canceled, the display is shifted to the initial menu, but the machine is not reset.
1
2
3
4
5
6
Item
BYPASS
TRAY1
TRAY2
TRAY3
TRAY4
DUPLEX
AR-5726/5731 SIMULATION 6 - 32
Content
Manual paper feed
1st tray
2nd tray
3rd tray
4th tray
Back print
Setting range
Default
1-99
50
50-12
Purpose
Function
(Purpose)
Section
Item
Adjustment
Used to adjust the print image center position.
(Adjustment can be made for each document mode.)
Image processing
Picture quality
Image position
Operation/procedure
1. Touch the item to be adjusted.
The item and the currently set value are highlighted.
2. Enter the adjustment value with the 10-key and press the [P] key.,
The display goes to the copy menu.
When the [START] key is pressed, the display goes to the copying
state and print is started.
Item
BYPASS
TRAY1
TRAY2
TRAY3
TRAY4
DUPLEX
SPF(SIDE1)
SPF(SIDE2)
Content
Manual feed
1st tray
2nd tray
3rd tray
4th tray
Back print
RSPF front surface
RSPF back surface
Setting range
1-99
1-99
1-99
1-99
1-99
1-99
1-99
1-99
Default
50
50
50
50
50
70
50
50
51-8
Item
OC
SPF(SIDE1)
SPF(SIDE2)
Content
OC document scan
RSPF document front
surface scan
RSPF document back
surface scan
Setting range
Default
1-99
50
Item
Item
Adjustment
Used to adjust the OPC drum separation pawl ON time.
Image process
(Photoconductor/Developing/Transfer/Cleaning)
Operation
Purpose
Function
(Purpose)
Section
Item
Function
(Purpose)
Section
Item
Default
0-1
Setting
Used to adjust the OPC drum separation voltage ON/
OFF timing.
Process (OPC drum, developing, transfer, cleaning)
Operation
Item
Setting range
Default
1-99
50
SHV ON
SHV OFF
51-2
Purpose
Setting range
Operation/Procedure
Content
Enable
Disable
Operation/procedure
1
2
Item
ON
OFF
51-9
51-1
Section
Section
Setting
Used to set the OPC drum separation pawl operation
inhibit. (ON/OFF)
Image process
(Photoconductor/Developing/Transfer/Cleaning)
Operation
Operation/procedure
51
Purpose
Function
(Purpose)
Purpose
Function
(Purpose)
Adjustment
Used to adjust the contact pressure of paper onto the
resist roller in each section (copier paper feed section,
duplex paper feed section, RSPF paper feed section).
(When the print image position varies greatly for the
paper or when a lot of paper jam troubles occur, the
adjustment is required.)
Paper transport (Discharge/Switchback/Transport)
Operation
Operation/procedure
1. Touch the item to be adjusted.
The item and the currently set value are highlighted.
2. Press the [START] key.
The display is shifted to the copy menu.
3. Select the paper feed tray and the print density.
Enter the adjustment value with the 10-key.
AR-5726/5731 SIMULATION 6 - 33
Content
Separation voltage ON timing
* Transfer V2ON reference
(Synchronized with the
adjustment value of 50.)
Separation voltage OFF timing
* Transfer V2OFF reference
(Synchronized with the
adjustment value of 50.)
Setting
range
Default
25-90
50
50-90
75
53-9
53
Purpose
Function
(Purpose)
53-6
Purpose
Function
(Purpose)
Section
Adjustment
Used to adjust the detection level of the RSPF width.
The adjustment method is the 4-point system. Set the
guide to Max. (A3/WLetter) position, A4R/Letter R
position, A5R/Invoice R position, and Min. position for
adjustment.
RSPF
53-10
Purpose
Function
(Purpose)
2. Set A4R and fit the guide, and press the [START] key.
Operation/Procedure
Operation/Procedure
1. Set the guide to the maximum position, and press the [START] key.
Adjustment
Setting range
1-99
Adjustment
RSPF exp adjustment
3. Set A5R and fit the guide, and press the [START] key.
Operation/Procedure
4. Set the guide to the minimum position, and press the [START] key.
5. Set the paper recognition width (+), and press the [START] key.
6. Set the paper recognition width (),and press the [START] key.
If FAILED is displayed in the above procedure 1, 2, 3, or 4, repeat the
adjustment.
1
2
Default
50
Item
SPF EXPOSURE
RSPF EXPOSURE
Setting range
Default
1-99
53
YES
NO
YES
NO
MID-L ADJ.ON
MID-L ADJ.OFF
MID-S ADJ.ON
MID-S ADJ.OFF
55
55-1
53-7
Purpose
Function
(Purpose)
Section
Adjustment
Used to enter the RSPF width detection adjustment
value.
RSPF
Purpose
Setting
Function
(Purpose)
Section
Operation
Operation/Procedure
Operation/Procedure
61
61-1
Purpose
53-8
Purpose
Function
(Purpose)
Adjustment
Used to adjust the RSPF scan position of the mirror
unit automatically. For the RSPF scan position
automatic adjustment, the mirror unit is shifted to
11mm before the RSPF glass cover edge, and is
operated automatically to scan images by the unit of 1
step, detecting the position up to the glass cover
automatically.
Operation/Procedure
With the RSPF or the OC cover open, put a white paper on the OC
glass (the RSPF glass surface is included for the RSPF standard
model), and press the [START] key.
Function
(Purpose)
Section
Item
Operation test/check
Used to check the LSU (polygon motor) operation.
Check speed can select 145mm/s or 122mm/s
individually.
LSU
Operation
Operation/procedure
Press the [START] key, and the LSU test is performed.
Used to set the LSU to ON state and check that the sync signal
(HSYNC/) is outputted or not.
After operation for 30 sec, the result is displayed. (Interruption cannot
be made for 5 sec after starting the operation.)
If the adjustment is executed normally, the adjustment value is displayed and saved in the EEPROM. If an error occurs, ERR is displayed and the value is not saved in the EEPROM.
If the adjustment is not performed because of abnormality, --- is displayed.
During execution of the adjustment, the operation cannot be interrupted.
AR-5726/5731 SIMULATION 6 - 34
63
65
63-1
Purpose
Function
(Purpose)
Section
Item
65-1
Adjustment/setting/operation data output/check
(display/print)
Used to check the result of shading correction.
(The shading correction data are displayed.)
Scanner (Exposure)
Operation
Purpose
Function
(Purpose)
Section
Adjustment
Used to adjust the touch panel (LCD display section)
detection position.
Operation (Display, Operation)
Operation/Procedure
Press the keys displayed on the LCD sequentially.
Operation/procedure
Pressing the [START] key performs shading, and displays the result
(center pixel).
63-7
Purpose
Function
(Purpose)
Section
Item
Adjustment
Used to adjust the RSPF white correction start pixel
position automatically.
This adjustment is performed after the lens unit is
replaced.
Scanner
Operation
65-2
Purpose
Function
(Purpose)
Section
Operation/Procedure
Operation/procedure
Lift the RSPF unit to the fully open position, and press the [START] key.
[ ] indicates the order number of the pixel of the white sheet for RSPF
exposure correction in the RSPF position.
If the adjustment is normally completed, COMPLETE is displayed
and data are written into the EEPROM.
In case of an abnormality, ERROR is displayed and no data is written
into the EEPROM.
The RSPF white correction start pixel = Displayed pixel position 34
If the simulation is executed with the RSPF unit closed, an error will
result.
65-5
Purpose
Function
(Purpose)
Section
64
Operation/procedure
64-1
Purpose
Function
(Purpose)
Section
Item
Operation test/check
Used to check the operation of the printer function
(auto print operation).
Printer
Operation
66
Operation/procedure
66-1
Purpose
Function
(Purpose)
Section
Setting
Used to change and check the FAX-related soft SW.
FAX
Operation/procedure
During execution of the print test, the [SYSTEM SETTINGS] key and
the [INTERRUPTION] key are invalid.
Setting
Item
Content
Default
range
Self print is made in 2 by 4 mode
(printing 2 lines and not printing
4 lines). Since scanning is not
2 BY 4
1
performed, when the original is
MODE
set on the RSPF, this cannot be
1-2
1
performed.
* Duplex print cannot be made.
Lattice print (1cm, 1dot width
WLT, A3 print (A3 main scan,
LATTICE
2
WLT sub scan)) is performed.
PRINT
* Duplex print can be made.
* If the IMC board is not installed, the key inputs cannot be made.
AR-5726/5731 SIMULATION 6 - 35
2. Detailed procedure
66-2
Purpose
Function
(Purpose)
Section
Adjustment
Used to clear the FAX-related soft SW.
(Except for the FAX adjustment values)
FAX
Operation/procedure
1. Enter the country code with the 10-key, and press the [START]
key.
Country code
Japan
: 00000000
U.S.A.
: 10110101
Australia
: 00001001
U.K.
: 10110100
France
: 00111101
Germany
: 00000100
Sweden
: 10100101
66-4
Purpose
Function
(Purpose)
Section
Item
: 00100110
Singapore
: 10011100
Taiwan
: 11111110
Operation test/check
Signal send mode (Signal send level: Max.)
FAX
Operation
India
: 01010011
Operation/procedure
Malaysia
: 01101100
Hong Kong
: 01010000
Middle east
: 11111101
Select the signal number with the 10-key, and press the [START] key.
The signal is sent to the line and the machine speaker. (Sending the
signal is continued until the [SYSTEM SETTINGS] key is pressed.)
SouthAfrica
: 10011111
Spain
: 10100000
Portugal
: 10001011
Russia
: 10111000
Denmark
: 00110001
Norway
: 10000010
Switzerland
: 10100110
Italy
: 01011001
Belgium
: 00001111
By entering the signal number and pressing the [START] key during
execution, the signal kind can be changed.
Luxembourg : 01101001
Netherlands : 01111011
Finland
: 00111100
66-3
Purpose
Function (Purpose)
Section
Item
Operation test/check
FAX PWB memory check
FAX
Operation
Operation/procedure
Press the [START] key.
Read/write can be checked for FAX PWB memory.
The check result is displayed separately for each memory.
1. Memory to be checked
DRAM
SRAM
Flash ROM
Option memory
PAGE
Program area
Memory area
The memory size follows the
automatically detected value.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
Item
NO SIGNAL
33.6 V34
31.2 V34
28.8 V34
26.4 V34
24.0 V34
21.6 V34
19.2 V34
16.8 V34
14.4 V34
12.0 V34
9.6 V34
7.2 V34
4.8 V34
2.4 V34
14.4 V33
12.0 V33
14.4 V17
12.0 V17
9.6 V17
7.2 V17
9.6 V29
7.2 V29
4.8 V27t
2.4 V27t
0.3 FLG
CED2100
CNG1100
0.3 V21
ANSam
31 RINGER
MODEM
AR-5726/5731 SIMULATION 6 - 36
Send signal
Signal not sent
33.6 V34
31.2 V34
28.8 V34
26.4 V34
24.0 V34
21.6 V34
19.2 V34
16.8 V34
14.4 V34
12.0 V34
9.6 V34
7.2 V34
4.8 V34
2.4 V34
14.4 V33
12.0 V33
14.4 V17
12.0 V17
9.6 V17
7.2 V17
9.6 V29
7.2 V29
4.8 V27t
2.4 V27t
7EH Flag signal
Tone signal
Pseudo-ringer sound
([ON HOOK] key ON)
Item
32 No MSG
33 No RBT
34 DP MAKE
35 DP BRK
Send signal
Voice message (no sound)
Under the state where the ring back tone can be
sent to the line, keep the sound composition IC
volume to 0.
Ring back tone (no sound)
Under the state where the ring back tone can be
sent to the line, keep the G/A volume to 0.
Dial pulse (make)
Maintain the make state with keeping the condition
to be able to send to the dial pulse line.
Dial pulse (break)
Maintain the break state with keeping the condition
to be able to send to the dial pulse line.
32 No MSG
33 No RBT
34 DP MAKE
35 DP BRK
Send signal
Voice message (no sound)
Under the state where the ring back tone can be
sent to the line, keep the sound composition IC
volume to 0.
Ring back tone (no sound)
Under the state where the ring back tone can be
sent to the line, keep the G/A volume to 0.
Dial pulse (make)
Maintain the make state with keeping the condition
to be able to send to the dial pulse line.
Dial pulse (break)
Maintain the break state with keeping the condition
to be able to send to the dial pulse line.
66-5
Purpose
Function
(Purpose)
Section
Item
Signal number
66-6
Operation test/check
Signal send mode (Signal send level soft SW setting)
FAX
Operation
Purpose
Function (Purpose)
Section
Item
Operation/procedure
Operation/procedure
Select the signal number with the 10-key, and press the [START] key.
By setting the signal number, signals are sent to the line and the
machine speaker. (Sending signals is continued until interruption command is made (by pressing [SYSTEM SETTINGS] key.)
By entering the signal number and pressing the [START] key during
execution, the signal kind can be changed.
Signal number
1 NO SIGNAL
2 33.6 V34
3 31.2 V34
4 28.8 V34
5 26.4 V34
6 24.0 V34
7 21.6 V34
8 19.2 V34
9 16.8 V34
10 14.4 V34
11 12.0 V34
12 9.6 V34
13 7.2 V34
14 4.8 V34
15 2.4 V34
16 14.4 V33
17 12.0 V33
18 14.4 V17
19 12.0 V17
20 9.6 V17
21 7.2 V17
22 9.6 V29
23 7.2 V29
24 4.8 V27t
25 2.4 V27t
26 0.3 FLG
27 CED2100
28 CNG1100
29 0.3 V21
30 ANSam
31 RINGER
Send signal
Signal not sent
33.6 V34
31.2 V34
28.8 V34
26.4 V34
24.0 V34
21.6 V34
19.2 V34
16.8 V34
14.4 V34
12.0 V34
9.6 V34
7.2 V34
4.8 V34
2.4 V34
14.4 V33
12.0 V33
14.4 V17
12.0 V17
9.6 V17
7.2 V17
9.6 V29
7.2 V29
4.8 V27t
2.4 V27t
7EH Flag signal
66-7
Purpose
Function (Purpose)
Section
Item
Operation/procedure
Press the [START] key.
Used to input all image data (including confidential reception data,
remote send image, not-sent image) stored in image memory of the
FAX section.
The output image is remained even after outputting.
Note: Executable only when the FAX is installed.
66-10
Purpose
Function (Purpose)
Section
Item
Adjustment/Setting/Check
Image data memory clear
FAX
Data
Image data
Operation/procedure
Select 1: YES with the 10-key and press the [START] key. (When 2:
NO is selected, the simulation is canceled.)
Used to clear all image data (including confidential reception data)
stored in image memory of the FAX section.
The management table is also cleared (initialized) at the same time.
* lIf there is any print data, the power must be turned off after clearing.
Note: Executable only when the FAX is installed.
Tone signal
Pseudo-ringer sound
([ON HOOK] key ON)
AR-5726/5731 SIMULATION 6 - 37
66-14
66-11
Purpose
Function
(Purpose)
Section
Item
Operation test/check
Used to send 300bps signals.
(Signal send level: Max.)
FAX
Operation
Purpose
Function
(Purpose)
Section
Item
Operation check/test
Used to perform the dial test. (10 PPS send test)
FAX
Operation
Operation/procedure
Operation/Procedure
Select the signal number with the 10-key, and press the [START] key.
1. Select the item with the 10-key, and press the [START] key.
The signal send level can be selected from 0dB or the soft SW set value.
The signal send level is returned to the soft SW set value before execution of the mode after completion of the mode.
0
1
Item
EXECUTE
MAKE TIME
Content
Execution
Dial pulse make time setting
By entering the number and pressing the [START] key during execution, the signal kind can be changed.
Item
1 NO SIGNAL
2 11111
3 11110
4 00000
5 010101
6 00001
Operation/Procedure
Setting range
0-15
66-15
Purpose
Function
(Purpose)
Section
Item
Operation check/test
Used to perform the dial test. (20 PPS send test)
FAX
Operation
1. Select the item with the 10-key, and press the [START] key.
66-12
Purpose
Function
(Purpose)
Section
Item
Operation/procedure
Item
EXECUTE
MAKE TIME
Content
Execution
Dial pulse make time setting
Select the signal number with the 10-key, and press the [START] key.
66-16
The signal send level can be selected from 0dB or the soft SW set value.
The signal send level is returned to the soft SW set value before execution of the mode after completion of the mode.
By entering the number and pressing the [START] key during execution, the signal kind can be changed.
Item
1 NO SIGNAL
2 11111
3 11110
4 00000
5 010101
6 00001
Note: Executable only when the FAX is installed.
66-13
Purpose
Function (Purpose)
Section
Item
Purpose
Function
(Purpose)
Section
Item
Setting range
0-15
Operation check/test
Used to perform the dial test. (DTFM signal send test)
FAX
Operation
Operation/Procedure
1. Select the item with the 10-key, and press the [START] key.
2. Enter the set value with the 10-key.
The sending dial cannot be interrupted.
Item
0
1
2
Content
EXECUTE
HIGH (SW)
HIGH-LOW (SW)
Execution
High group
High group, Low group
Setting
range
0-15
0-15
1
2
Item
NO STORE TO SW
STORE TO SW
Content
Not reflected.
Reflected. (Shift SW value changed.)
Operation/procedure
Enter the number with the 10-key, [*] key, and [#] key.
Press the [CLEAR] key to return to the initial state.
Press the [START] key to register the entered number.
Note: Executable only when the FAX is installed.
AR-5726/5731 SIMULATION 6 - 38
66-21
66-17
Purpose
Function
(Purpose)
Section
Item
Operation check/test
Used to check the DTFM signal send operation.
(Signal send level: Max.)
FAX
Operation
Purpose
Function (Purpose)
Section
Item
Check
FAX information print
FAX
Data
Operation/procedure
Operation/procedure
Enter the DTFM signal (1 digit (1 to 9, 0, *, #)) and press the [START] key.
1
2
Item
USER SW.LIST
SOFT SW.LIST
SYSTEM ERROR
PROTOCOL
PARTIAL SRAM
CLEAR
66-18
Purpose
Function
(Purpose)
Section
Item
Operation check/test
Used to check the DTFM signal send operation.
(Signal send level: Set by soft SW.)
FAX
Operation
Operation/Procedure
Enter the DTFM signal (1 digit (1 to 9, 0, *, #)) and press the [START] key.
When the [SYSTEM SETTINGS] key is pressed during execution, the
simulation is terminated.
Note: Executable only when the FAX is installed.
Back up
Used to write the SRAM data to the Flash ROM.
66-22
FAX
Data
Purpose
Function
(Purpose)
Section
Item
Operation/Procedure
Select 1: YES with the 10-key, and press the [START] key. The data
are backed up. (When 2: NO is selected, the simulation is canceled.)
* The AR-FX5 data cannot be written into the AR-FX7. If it is executed, data are initialized and deleted. In addition, the AR-FX7 data
cannot be used in the AR-FX5.
Setting
Handset sound volume adjustment (Japan only)
FAX
Operation
Operation/procedure
1. Select the sound volume to be set.
(MAX: Large, MIDDLE: Medium, MIN: Small)
2. Press [START] key.
66-20
Purpose
Function
(Purpose)
Section
Item
66-19
Purpose
Function
(Purpose)
Section
Item
Content
User setting list
Soft SW list
System error list
Used to print the system error log (error
number and time).
Protocol error list
Regardless of soft SW38-1 status, the
protocol monitor of the preceding
communication is printed. (Printing is
allowed at any time before starting the
next communication.) For this operation,
the protocol monitor of one
communication is always buffered.
66-24
Operation/Procedure
Select 1: YES with the 10-key, and press the [START] key. The Flash
ROM data are read out and written into the SRAM. (When 2: NO is
selected, the simulation is canceled.)
* The AR-FX5 data cannot be written into the AR-FX7. If it is executed, data are initialized and deleted. In addition, the AR-FX7 data
cannot be used in the AR-FX5.
Note: Executable only when the FAX is installed.
Purpose
Function
(Purpose)
Section
Item
Data clear
Used to clear the FAST storage data. (SEC only)
FAX
Data
Initializing
Operation/procedure
Select 1: YES with the 10-key and press the [START] key. The FAST
storage data are cleared. (When 2: NO is selected, the simulation is
canceled.)
Note: Executable only when the FAX is installed.
AR-5726/5731 SIMULATION 6 - 39
66-34
66-30
Purpose
Function (Purpose)
Section
Item
Operation test/check
Used to set the TEL/LIU.
FAX
Operation
Purpose
Function (Purpose)
Section
Item
Operation test/check
Communication time measurement display
FAX
Operation
Operation/procedure
Operation/procedure
When the relay state of the polarity reverse relay, the handset hook
switch, or the external telephone hook switch is changed, the content
of change is displayed regardless of the soft SW setup (real time). The
display of change is kept until an interruption command is supplied by
pressing the [SYSTEM SETTINGS] key.
The send/receive test is performed, and the time required for send/
receive of the image data in the test is measured and displayed.
Item
HS2
HS1
RHS
EXHS
Notification contents
Signal low
Signal high
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
Measuring
range
Send
Receive
Setting
Used to set the TEL/LIU.
FAX
Operation
Measuring unit
Communication
: Memory send
means
: Normal Character
Picture quality
: Lighter
Density
: ON
ECM
: OFF
Sender information
From flag reception before sending of image
data until sending of RCP frame
From flag reception before reception of
image data until reception of RCP frame
Used to make communication not in a
simulation process but in the normal screen
and measure the time.
Enter the simulation for communication time
check and check the time.
msec
Operation/Procedure
66-37
Purpose
Function (Purpose)
Section
Adjustment/Setting/Check
Speaker sound volume adjustment
FAX
Operation/procedure
The following test sound is delivered to the line and the speaker to
adjust the sound kind and volume.
66-32
Purpose
Function (Purpose)
Section
Item
Operation test/check
Receive data check
FAX
Operation
The send level to the line is the set value of soft SW.
The set values of the selected sound kind and volume are written to
each soft SW.
1. Sound kinds pattern
Operation/procedure
Operation/Procedure
The fixed data received from the line are checked and the result is displayed.
When data are coincident, OK is displayed. When not, NG is displayed.
Note: Executable only when the FAX is installed.
66-33
Purpose
Function (Purpose)
Section
Item
Operation test/check
Signal detection check
FAX
Operation
AR-5726/5731 SIMULATION 6 - 40
66-41
Purpose
Function
(Purpose)
Adjustment/Setting/Check
CI signal check
Operation/procedure
When the [START] key is pressed, the call signal from CI pin is
detected to deliver the call sound to the line and the speaker. The volume of call sound follows the soft SW.
Signal detection and delivery of pseudo-call sound at detection are
executed until the interruption command is provided by pressing the
[SYSTEM SETTINGS] key.
Note: Executable only when the FAX is installed.
66-52
Purpose
Section
Item
Function
(Purpose)
Operation/procedure
Press [START] key.
The call sound of the machine and the pseudo-ring are generated.
AR-5726/5731 SIMULATION 6 - 41
F1
F2
F5
F6
02
10
11
12
00
03
10
15
19
20
37
50
95
02
04
05
02
00
10
80
81
82
84
88
96
F9
99
00
10
Trouble
detection
Trouble contents
Security incompatibility error
IMC PWB communication trouble
IMC PWB trouble
IMC PWB ASIC error
IMC PWB CODEC IC error
IMC PWB flash ROM error
IMC PWB expaned memory module
(DIMM) error
IMC PWB page memory error
/SRAM error
IMC PWB standard compression memory
error
IMC PWB smoothing IC error
IMC PWB communication trouble
(protocol)
IMC PWB communication trouble
(Parity)
IMC PWB communication trouble
(Overrun)
IMC PWB communication trouble
(Framing)
IMC PWB communication trouble
(Time-out)
LSU trouble
CCD black level error
CCD white level error
Shading trouble
Finisher communication trouble
Delivery roller lift motor trouble
Staple motor trouble
Tray lift motor trouble
Paper alignment motor F trouble
Paper alignment motor R trouble
RAM data trouble
Incompatible trouble
Paper exit option configuration error
Toner supply failure
Model error
Type error
Destination error
Data abnormality
Misc error
CRUM chip communication error
Copy lamp (xenon lamp) error
FAX control PWB communication trouble
FAX control PWB trouble
FAX control PWB communication trouble
(Protocol)
FAX control PWB communication trouble
(Parity)
FAX control PWB communication trouble
(Overrun)
FAX control PWB communication trouble
(Framing)
FAX control PWB communication trouble
(Time-out)
Combination error between the MCU and
the FAX firmware.
FAX control PWB destination error
Printer PWB communication trouble
Printer PWB trouble
MCU
FIN
MCU
Trouble code
Trouble
Trouble contents
Main Sub
detection
code code
80 Printer PWB communication trouble
F9
(Protocol)
81 Printer PWB communication trouble
(Parity)
82 Printer PWB communication trouble
(Overrun)
84 Printer PWB communication trouble
(Framing)
88 Printer PWB communication trouble
(Time-out)
H2
00 Main heater lamp thermistor open hard
detection
01 Sub heater lamp thermistor open hard
detection
H3
00 Main heater lamp abnormally high
temperature hard detection trouble
01 Sub heater lamp abnormally high
temperature hard detection trouble
10 Main heater lamp abnormally high
temperature soft detection trouble
11 Sub heater lamp abnormally high
temperature soft detection trouble
H4
00 Main heater lamp abnormally low
temperature detection
01 Sub heater lamp abnormally low
temperature detection
20 Main heater lamp abnormally low
temperature detection
21 Sub heater lamp abnormally low
temperature detection
H5
01 10 times of continuous detection of the
lower paper exit sensor (POD1) lead edge
jam or the upper paper exit sensor
(POD2) lead edge jam or the duplex
sensor (PPD2) rear edge jam
L1
00 Scanner feed trouble
L3
00 Scanner return trouble
L4
01 Main motor trouble
11 Shifter motor trouble
31 VFM trouble
32 DCFM or DCFM2 trouble
33 VFM2 trouble
L6
10 Polygon motor trouble
L8
10 Power abnormality detection trouble
U1
01 FAX battery error
02 PANEL LOW battery error
U2
04 EEPROM communication error
20 Machine speed code data error
U7
00 RIC communication trouble
U9
00 Operation control PWB communication
OPE
trouble
80 Operation control PWB communication
trouble (Protocol)
81 Operation control PWB communication
trouble (Parity)
82 Operation control PWB communication
trouble (Overrun)
84 Operation control PWB communication
trouble (Framing)
88 Operation control PWB communication
trouble (Time-out)
99 Operation panel destination error
MCU
Trouble code
Trouble contents
Main Sub
code code
EE
EL Developer adjustment trouble
(Over-toned abnormality)
EU Developer adjustment trouble
(Under-toned abnormality)
PF
00 PF trouble
Trouble
detection
Trouble
code
Main Sub
code code
E1
14
Content
Details
Check
and
remedy
00
Content
Details
Cause
Check
and
remedy
10
11
12
E1
13
Cause
Details of trouble
Cause
E1
Content
Details
Details of trouble
Content
Details
Cause
Check
and
remedy
Content
Details
Cause
Check
and
remedy
Content
Details
Cause
Check
and
remedy
Content
Details
Cause
Check
and
remedy
Remarks
Check
and
remedy
Remarks
15
Details
Cause
Check
and
remedy
Remarks
16
Content
Details
Cause
Check
and
remedy
Remarks
17
IMC PWB ASIC error
ASIC abnormality on IMC PWB
IMC PWB abnormality
Replace the IMC PWB
80
Content
Details
Cause
Check
and
remedy
Content
Details
Content
Cause
Check
and
remedy
81
Content
Details
Cause
Check
and
remedy
Trouble
code
Main Sub
code code
E1
82
Details of trouble
Content
Details
Cause
Check
and
remedy
84
Content
Details
Cause
Check
and
remedy
88
Content
Details
Cause
Check
and
remedy
E7
02
Content
Details
Cause
Check
and
remedy
10
Content
Details
Cause
Check
and
remedy
Trouble
code
Main Sub
code code
E7
11
Details of trouble
Content
Details
Cause
Check
and
remedy
12
Content
Details
Cause
Check
and
remedy
F1
00
Content
Details
Cause
Check
and
remedy
03
Content
Details
Cause
10
Check
and
remedy
Content
Details
Cause
Check
and
remedy
Trouble
code
Main Sub
code code
F1
15
Details of trouble
Content
Details
Cause
19
Check
and
remedy
Content
Details
Cause
20
Check
and
remedy
Content
Details
Cause
37
50
Check
and
remedy
Content
Details
Cause
Check
and
remedy
Content
Details
Cause
95
F2
02
Check
and
remedy
Content
Details
Cause
Check
and
remedy
Content
Details
Cause
Check
and
remedy
Trouble
code
Main Sub
code code
F2
04
Details of trouble
Content
Details
Cause
05
F5
02
Incompatible trouble
Speed does not coincide between finisher
and main unit
A finisher which is not applicable is
installed.
Connection of a finisher incompatible with
the machine is detected.
Connect the MX-FN13 to the machine.
Check
and
remedy
Content
Cause
Check
and
remedy
Content
Details
Cause
Check
and
remedy
F6
00
Content
Details
Cause
Check
and
remedy
10
Content
Details
Cause
Check
and
remedy
Model error
Type error
Destination error
Data abnormality
Misc error
(Model error)
When the boot program model code does
not match with the CRUM model
information
(Type error)
When the CRUM type is other than
[Genuine/Conversion/Production rotation]
(Destination error)
The destination of the body differs from
that of the CRUM
(Data abnormality)
The initial check information includes an
erroneous value.
When the max. toner supply time is 00.
When the print hard stop is 00.
CRUM chip failure.
Erroneous TNCA.
Replace the CRUM chip.
Replace the TNCA.
CRUM chip communication error
CRUM chip failure.
Developing unit contact trouble.
MCU PWB failure.
Check installation of the developing unit.
Replace the MCU PWB.
Copy lamp (xenon lamp) error
The copy lamp does not light up
Copy lamp abnormality.
Copy lamp harness abnormality.
CCD PWB harness abnormality.
Check the copy lamp. (SIM 5-3)
When the lamp lights:
Check the harnesses and connectors
between the CCD unit and the MCU PWB.
When the lamp does not light:
Check the harness and connector between
the copy lamp and the MCU PWB.
Replace the copy lamp unit.
Replace the MCU PWB.
FAX control PWB communication trouble
Communication trouble between MCU and
FAX control PWB
FAX control PWB connector
disconnection.
Harness trouble between FAX control
PWB and MCU PWB.
Motherboard connector pin breakage.
FAX control PWB ROM defect/Data failure.
Check the connectors and the harness of
FAX control PWB and MCU PWB.
Check the grounding of the copier.
Check FAX control PWB ROM.
FAX control PWB trouble
FAX control PWB abnormality
FAX control PWB defect
Replate the FAX control PWB
Trouble
code
Main Sub
code code
F6
80
Details of trouble
Content
Details
Cause
Check
and
remedy
81
Content
Details
Cause
Check
and
remedy
82
Content
Details
Cause
Check
and
remedy
84
Content
Details
Cause
Check
and
remedy
Trouble
code
Main Sub
code code
F6
88
Details of trouble
Content
Details
Cause
Check
and
remedy
96
Content
Details
Cause
99
Check
and
remedy
Content
Details
Cause
Check
and
remedy
F9
00
Content
Details
Cause
Check
and
remedy
10
80
Content
Details
Cause
Check
and
remedy
Content
Details
Cause
Check
and
remedy
Trouble
code
Main Sub
code code
F9
81
Details of trouble
Content
Details
Cause
Check
and
remedy
82
Content
Details
Cause
Check
and
remedy
84
Content
Details
Cause
Check
and
remedy
88
Content
Details
Cause
Check
and
remedy
H2
00
Content
Details
Cause
Check
and
remedy
Trouble
code
Main Sub
code code
H2
01
Details of trouble
Content
Details
Cause
H3
00
Check
and
remedy
Content
Details
Cause
Check
and
remedy
01
Content
Details
Cause
Check
and
remedy
10
Content
Details
Cause
Check
and
remedy
Trouble
code
Main Sub
code code
H3
11
Details of trouble
Content
Details
Cause
Check
and
remedy
H4
00
Content
Details
Cause
Check
and
remedy
Trouble
code
Main Sub
code code
H4
01
Details of trouble
Content
Details
Cause
Check
and
remedy
20
Content
Details
Cause
Check
and
remedy
Trouble
code
Main Sub
code code
H4
21
Details of trouble
Content
Details
Cause
Check
and
remedy
H5
01
Content
Details
Cause
Check
and
remedy
Trouble
code
Main Sub
code code
L1
00
Details of trouble
Content
Details
Cause
Check
and
remedy
L3
00
Content
Details
Cause
Check
and
remedy
L4
01
Content
Details
Cause
Check
and
remedy
Trouble
code
Main Sub
code code
L4
11
Details of trouble
Content
Details
Cause
Check
and
remedy
31
Content
Details
Cause
Check
and
remedy
32
Content
Details
Cause
Check
and
remedy
33
Content
Details
Cause
Check
and
remedy
Trouble
code
Main Sub
code code
L6
10
Details of trouble
Content
Details
Cause
Check
and
remedy
L8
10
Content
Details
Cause
Check
and
remedy
U1
01
Content
Details
Cause
Check
and
remedy
02
Content
Details
Cause
Check
and
remedy
U2
04
Content
Details
Cause
Check
and
remedy
20
Content
Details
Cause
Check
and
remedy
Trouble
code
Main Sub
code code
U7
00
Details of trouble
Content
Details
Cause
U9
00
Check
and
remedy
Content
Details
Cause
Check
and
remedy
80
Content
Details
Cause
Check
and
remedy
81
Content
Details
Cause
Check
and
remedy
82
Content
Details
Cause
Check
and
remedy
Trouble
code
Main Sub
code code
84
U9
Details of trouble
Content
Details
Cause
Check
and
remedy
88
Content
Details
Cause
Check
and
remedy
99
Content
Details
Cause
EE
EL
Check
and
remedy
Content
Details
Cause
EU
Check
and
remedy
Content
Details
Cause
PF
00
Check
and
remedy
Content
Details
Cause
Check
and
remedy
[8] MAINTENANCE
1. Maintenance list
(For 26cpm)
: Check (Check, clean, replace or adjust according to necessity.)
: Cleaning
Unit
Process
DV
Fusing
Paper feed
Transport
Others
: Replace
: Lubricate
Parts
Drum
Cleaner blade
Seal F/R
Drum frame unit
(Toner reception sheet)
MC unit
Separation pawl unit
Star ring
Developer
Toner filter unit
DV blade
DV side sheet F
DV side sheet R
Toner sensor
Upper heat roller
Lower heat roller
Upper separation pawl
Upper cleaning pad
Lower separation pawl
Thermistor
Fuser gear
Upper heat roller bearing
Lower fuser bearing
Thermistor cleaning pad
Paper guide
Pickup roller
Paper feeding sheet
Pickup roller and feed roller
(RSPF)
Transport roller unit
Gear
Paper feed rollers
Gears
Ozone filter
75k
150k
225k
300k
375k
450k
525k
600k
AR-5726/5731 MAINTENANCE 8 - 1
Note
(For 31cpm)
: Check (Check, clean, replace or adjust according to necessity.)
: Cleaning
Unit
Process
DV
Fusing
Paper feed
Transport
Others
: Replace
: Lubricate
Parts
Drum
Cleaner blade
Seal F/R
Drum frame unit
(Toner reception sheet)
MC unit
Separation pawl unit
Star ring
Developer
Toner filter unit
DV blade
DV side sheet F
DV side sheet R
Toner sensor
Upper heat roller
Lower heat roller
Upper separation pawl
Upper cleaning pad
Lower separation pawl
Thermistor
Fuser gear
Upper heat roller bearing
Lower fuser bearing
Thermistor cleaning pad
Paper guide
Pickup roller
Paper feeding sheet
Pickup roller and feed roller
(RSPF)
Transport roller unit
Gear
Paper feed rollers
Gears
Ozone filter
100k
150k
200k
300k
400k
450k
500k
600k
AR-5726/5731 MAINTENANCE 8 - 2
Note
2. Details of Maintenance
Unit
A. Process unit
B. Developing unit
C. Fusing section
D. Optical section
E. Paper feed
section
Parts
(1)
(2)
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)
(6)
(7)
(8)
(9)
(10)
(1)
(2)
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)
(6)
Unit
L. Drive section
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
(1)
(2)
(1)
(1)
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)
Drum
Drum section
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
Main charger
Cleaning blade
Drum frame unit
Moquette F/R
Separation pawl
Developer
Toner filter unit
DV side sheet F/ DV side sheet R
DV blade
Toner sensor
Thermostat
Thermistor
Paper guide
Fusing separation pawl (lower)
Lower heat roller
Heater lamp
Upper cleaning pad
Fusing separation pawl (upper)
Upper heat roller
Thermistor cleaning pad
CCD unit
Lamp unit
a. Lamp
b. PWB
c. Wire
d. Mirror motor
Paper feed solenoid
Tray sensor PWB
Manual P-in sensor/Manual empty sensor
Multi manual
a. Paper feed roller/
paper feed
pickup roller
b. Reverse sensor
c. Separation sheet
d. Clutch/solenoid
Upper 500
a. Paper feed roller/
sheets tray
pickup roller
paper feed
b. Separation sheet
Lower 500
a. Paper feed roller/
sheets tray
pickup roller
paper feed
b. Separation sheet
c. Lift up unit
d. Transport clutch
e. Paper feed clutch
f. Transport clutch
g. Solenoid
h. Sensor PWB
Transport roller unit
Transport roller
DUP transport roller
DUP motor
Cooling fan
Transport/exit roller
LSU
Power source
Option CN PWB
IMC PWB
MCU PWB
Motherboard PWB
Second interface PWB
M. Transport section
N. Operation section
O. Switch
P. RSPF
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)
(6)
(7)
(1)
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
(1)
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
Parts
DUP reverse motor
Main drive motor
Toner motor
PS transport clutch
Paper feed clutch
Drive unit
Lift up motor
Transport roller
Operation section
OPU PWB
Key PWB
LCD unit
Power switch
Document tray a. Document tray unit
section
b. Document length
sensor
c. Document width
resistor PWB
Paper feed unit a. Paper feed clutch
section
b. Pickup roller
c. Paper feed roller
d. Paper feed unit
e. Separation sheet
f. Sensor
Transport
a. Transport unit
section
b. PS clutch
c. Pressure release
solenoid
d. RSPF motor
e. Transport roller
f. Roller
g. Sensor
h. Roller
i. Roller
Base section
a. Interface PWB
b. Solenoid
c. Book sensor
d. Sensor
A. Process unit
(Note for servicing the OPC drums)
1. Prevention of oily dirt attachment
Note:
Be careful not to attach fingerprints or oily dirt on the OPC drum surface. (Keep the unit away from oils and dust.)
When replacing the OPC drum, cover the OPC drum with the protection sheet and hold the protection sheet.
If it is required to hold the OPC drum directly, use enough care not to
touch the cleaning blade area, 5mm inside from both edges of the
OPC drum. (If a fingerprint or oily dirt is attached to the cleaning
blade area of the OPC drum, the cleaning blade may flip.)
K. Ozone filter
AR-5726/5731 MAINTENANCE 8 - 3
5mm
5mm
[Countermeasures]
a. Main charger
1
Check to confirm that the OPC drum is free from fingerprints or oily dirt
and that the cleaning blade is completely cleaned by the following
method.
Make a print of a half tone image on all the surface of A4 (11" x 8.5")
paper, and check the printed paper for any abnormality in the image.
2. Prior exposure prevention
Note:
Avoid servicing in a place where there is strong light.
Do not expose the unit to light for a long time.
Cover the OPC drum with light-blocking material. (When using
paper, use about 10 sheets of paper to block light.)
[Countermeasures]
3
If the OPC drum is erroneously exposed to light too much (prior exposure), perform the following countermeasures.
1) Print half tone images on the whole surface of A4 (11" x 8.5")
paper, and check to confirm that there is no irregular density area
in the previously exposed section.
b. Cleaning blade
1
(1) Drum
2
2
4
3
Note: When installing the process unit in the main unit after replacing
the drum, process unit may not be able to install by reason of the
drum drive coupling position.
In this case, rotate the drum about 45 degrees and install again.
AR-5726/5731 MAINTENANCE 8 - 4
B. Developing section
d. Moquette F/R
(1) Developer
Note: If it disturbs the blade movement, replace it and attach new one.
e. Separation pawl
Disassembly* Hold the tip of the separation pawl and remove it.
Assembly* Press the center of the separation pawl and install it.
AR-5726/5731 MAINTENANCE 8 - 5
Clean the sensor only after removing used DV when replacing DV.
0
Molt
edge
reference
0.3
Molt
edge
reference
C. Fusing section
0.3
0.5
Projection edge
reference
0.5
Projection edge
reference
(4) DV blade
2
1
[Cross-section]
Bump
0
reference
0.5
0.5
Rib reference
AR-5726/5731 MAINTENANCE 8 - 6
(1) Thermostat
Note: When securing the lamp harness and the thermostat, the
tightening torque of the screw (4 positions) is 6-9 kgs.
(2) Thermistor
AR-5726/5731 MAINTENANCE 8 - 7
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
2
2
1
2
AR-5726/5731 MAINTENANCE 8 - 8
D. Optical section
(1) CCD unit
2
1
1
3
1
1
4
1
1
2
1
3
5
4
1
3
a. Lamp
1
1
2
b. PWB
6
2
3
5
2
4
4
AR-5726/5731 MAINTENANCE 8 - 9
c. Wire
1
2
1
2
3
A
A
B
A
B
C
AR-5726/5731 MAINTENANCE 8 - 10
c. Separation sheet
1)
2)
5
6
3)
d. Clutch/solenoid
(Clutch)
1
6
5
4
2
3
2
3
5
LOCK
2
1
4
b. Reverse sensor
1
1
2
(Solenoid)
1
2
AR-5726/5731 MAINTENANCE 8 - 11
(Clutch)
A
A
A
A
1
4
1
3
Note: With the toner cartridge installed, do not tilt or shake the developer cartridge.
AR-5726/5731 MAINTENANCE 8 - 12
4
2
1
3
3
2
b. Separation sheet
1
3
3
4
AR-5726/5731 MAINTENANCE 8 - 13
1)
3
2
4
2
b. Separation sheet
AR-5726/5731 MAINTENANCE 8 - 14
c. Lift up unit
1
2
1
1
3
2
d. Transport clutch
g. Solenoid
1
3
3
2
h. Sensor PWB
1
e. Paper feed clutch
2
3
1
3
3
2
f. Transport clutch
Check that two springs are securely inserted into the transfer roller
unit bosses.
AR-5726/5731 MAINTENANCE 8 - 15
2
3
1
1
3
1
2
3
3
1
1
4
1
2
5
3
2
1
4
5
2
3
1
2
AR-5726/5731 MAINTENANCE 8 - 16
2
1
1
3
4
1
2
1
AR-5726/5731 MAINTENANCE 8 - 17
1
1
2
1
2
1
H. Laser unit
Note: Do not disassemble the LSU unit.
(1) LSU
1) Turn OFF the machine power, and disconnect the power plug from
the power outlet.
2) Remove the left cabinet and exit tray.
3) Disconnect the LSU connector, and remove the securing screws to
remove the LSU.
Note: Check to confirm that the solenoid shaft is in the gate bracket,
and fix with the screw.
AR-5726/5731 MAINTENANCE 8 - 18
1
2
2
2
3
I. Power unit
(1) Power source
J. PWB
(1) Option CN PWB
1
1
3
1
1
1
3
4
3
2
3
2
AR-5726/5731 MAINTENANCE 8 - 19
2
1
2
1
1
1
3
3
3
4
3
1
3
2
3
2
1
1
AR-5726/5731 MAINTENANCE 8 - 20
2
1
2
1
2
K. Ozone filter
1
2
1
3
2
1
3
1
1
2
1
1
2
1
AR-5726/5731 MAINTENANCE 8 - 21
1
2
L. Drive section
(1) DUP reverse motor
1
3
4
2
1
2
3
AR-5726/5731 MAINTENANCE 8 - 22
1
2
1
3
1
2
2
1
3
1
1
4
3
3
2
M. Transport section
(1) Transport roller
2
1
2
1
AR-5726/5731 MAINTENANCE 8 - 23
2
3
N. Operation section
(1) Operation section
AR-5726/5731 MAINTENANCE 8 - 24
P. RSPF
(1) Document tray section
a. Document tray unit
1
2
2
2
O. Switch
2
AR-5726/5731 MAINTENANCE 8 - 25
2
1
1
1
3
3
2
2
b. Pickup roller
2
1
1
AR-5726/5731 MAINTENANCE 8 - 26
2
3
e. Separation sheet
2
3
AR-5726/5731 MAINTENANCE 8 - 27
b. PS clutch
f. Sensor
3
2
1
2
1
d. RSPF motor
3
2
1
1
3
1
2
1
AR-5726/5731 MAINTENANCE 8 - 28
f. Roller
2
1
2
1
<Note for disassembling the motor>
The motor is positioned by the jig. Use the mark when assembling
it to the original position.
e. Transport roller
1
2
g. Sensor
3
2
3
2
1
1
3
2
AR-5726/5731 MAINTENANCE 8 - 29
h. Roller
a. Interface PWB
1
2
1
2
b. Solenoid
1
2
3
I
O R GI
i. Roller
1
1
2
1
2
c. Book sensor
3
1
2
1
AR-5726/5731 MAINTENANCE 8 - 30
d. Sensor
SIM
Remarks
SIM 21-1
SIM 24-1
SIM 24-2
SIM 24-3
SIM 24-4 *
SIM 24-5 After execution of SIM25-2,
this counter is cleared.
SIM 24-6
SIM 24-7 At drum replacement
SIM 24-9
AR-5726/5731 MAINTENANCE 8 - 31
fax firm
A Personal computer
B RS232C cross cable (D-sub 9pin to D-sub 9pin, or D-sub 25pin to
D-sub 9pin)
1)
2)
3)
Make sure only "Printer Control Board" tree is visible under "Simulation Command List".
4)
5)
(Target PWB)
1 MCU PWB
2 Panel PWB
3 IMC PWB
4 Finisher PWB
Download
data
RS232C connector
(9pin or 25pin)
MCU-PWB
Operation
panel
IMC
PWB
Finisher
6)
7)
8)
9)
10) Close the maintenance program, and turn off the copier. Turn on
the copier again after pulling the plug.
This is the end of download procedure.
It is possible that download process somehow went wrong if the
copier does not start up properly. In that case, start up the copier
and maintenance program in download mode by repeating the step
1)-5) again. And then, Expand "Special", and double-click on "Confirm Error Status". If any of the message besides "No error has been
occurred" appears, it means that download is incomplete, so please
try again.
B. Others (Troubleshooting)
Followings are the error possibly occur during the download process and troubleshooting method.
No
1
Warning/error message
Incorrect destination. Continue with the
download process?
Checksum error.
10
An error. [0xXXXXXXXX]
Detail
Destination of download file and copier doesn't match.
Possible to select either continue or cancel the job.
[TROUBLESHOOTING]
To change destination, select "Yes". If not, select "No" and cancel download process.
Invalid download file for the machine is selected, or the file format is not correct.
[TROUBLESHOOTING]
Confirm the download file. Possibly the improper download file is selected.
Unable to find appropriate data in selected download file.
[TROUBLESHOOTING]
Confirm the download file. Possibly the improper download file is selected.
Download procedure is executed on uninstalled optional kit.
[TROUBLESHOOTING]
Confirm installed optional kit.
Confirm the download file. Possibly the improper download file is selected.
Panel flash ROM size is not enough to execute download procedure.
[TROUBLESHOOTING]
Confirm the download file. Possibly the improper download file is selected.
Exchange the flash ROM to the one which has more capacity.
Transmission error
Unable to receive data from the machine among the certain period of time.
[TROUBLESHOOTING]
Restart maintenance program after confirming communication port or communication cable.
Incorrect download procedure.
The machine did not proceed download procedure correctly.
[TROUBLESHOOTING]
Restart maintenance program after confirming communication port or communication cable.
Make sure the communication device of PC(either COM or parallel) is under right condition.
Transmission error
The check sum value of the transmission data is mismatch.
[TROUBLESHOOTING]
Restart maintenance program after confirming communication device of PC (either COM or
parallel) is under right condition.
Download data file operation error.
[TROUBLESHOOTING]
Restart maintenance program after confirming the selected download file is not abnormal and
not using other application.
The error occurred except the above errors.
[TROUBLESHOOTING]
Restart maintenance program after confirming communication device of PC(either COM or
parallel) is under right condition.
RSPF-Paper feed
clutch
RSPF-DupSOL
Fuser-Lamp(x2)
Thermister (x 2 Analog)
CN14
Key/LED PWB
OPU-PWB
LSU-UN
APC-PWB
LSU-PWB
Polygon-Motor
CN501
Fuser Unit
CN19
LCD
Touch Panel
Coin
Vender
CN27
WakeUp SW
CN28
Auditer I/F
BD-PWB
BD-Sensor
HVU
CN31
CN3
Toner-Motor
Main / Sub
Power Supply
Power Unit
CN10
OPERATION PANEL
CN502
DEV/CRUM
CN7
TRAY PAPER
SENSOR
CN12
OP-LO tray
PPD2: Paper Pass Detector
PAP2: Paper Empty
LUD2: Lift Up Detector
CSS2: Casette Detector
DRS2: Door Detector
PCL2: Pick Up Clutch
LUM2: Lift Up Motor
CN18
InterLock
Switch
CN29
OP-UP tray
PPD1: Paper Pass Detector
PAP1: Paper Empty
LUD1: Lift Up Detector
CSS1: Casette Detector
DRS1: Door Detector
PCL1: Pick Up Clutch
LUM1: Lift Up Motor
TRCL: Verical transport roller
clutch 2
CN8
MAIN-Motor
CN30
CN38
CS interface PWB
IMC PWB
256/512MB DIMM (x 2)
D-Sub 15pin
Reactor
(CE Only)
PS-SW
PS Cooling Fan
Defog Heater
(Japan Only)
AC
SPCL PWB
FAX PWB
CN
CN22
CN15
CN23
(AB / INCH )
CN11
CCD-PWB
Option
Connector PWB
CN5
CS interface PWB
Paper Remove
Sol
MCU-PWB
D-Sub 25pin
Down-Load-Connector
D-Sub 9pin
Plasmacluster
(Download PC with exclusive connection)
CN
CN503
Paper Full
Sensor
Humidity Sensor
CN26
CN25
CN1
Defog
Heater
Mirror HP
Sensor
CN6
Duplex-Motor
CN504
CN4
CPLD Writer
CN505
CN21
Copy-Lamp
Scanner
Cover
Sensor
Mirror-Motor
INNER
FINISHER PWB
Duplex 2 Motor
CN32
CN2
Pout 2 Ssensor
CN17
Pout Gate
Solenoid
Pout Sensor
Shifter
HP
Except North America
Sensor
2nd POUT
COVER SENSOR
Shifter-Motor
RSPF-Pressure
release SOL
RSPF-CNT-PWB
RSPF-Motor
L2
L1
RSPF-SEN-PWB
RSPF Cover Sens
RSPF PS Sens
RSPF Paper Empty
RSPF Paper Out Sensor
RSPF Paper Width Sens (Analog)
RSPF BOOK Sens
RSPF Unit
Delivery Roller Lift Motor
Paper Alignment Motor F
Paper Alignment Motor R
Paper Delivery Motor
Paper Transport Motor
Stalpe Motor
Tray Lift Motor
Rear Edge Take-up Roller Solenoid
Paper Pass Gate Solenoid
Paddle Solenoid
Control PWB Cooling Fan
Stapler Cooling Fan
Paper Entry Gate
Safety Switch
1. Block diagram
Mother PWB
CN9
CN5(52746-1571)
V0
1
LP
2
D-GND
3
4
CP
5
D-GND
6
M
3.3V_EXT 7
8
D0
D1
9
D-GND 10
11
D2
12
D3
D-GND 13
DISP
14
VEE
15
CN6
(SM02(8.0)
B-BHS-1-TB)
CCFT+ 1
/CCFT
2
AB ONLY
PAPER SIZE SENSOR
(AB ONLY)
Sub scanning side
CN23(B34B-PHDSS-B)
1
/ABJP
2
DGND
3
LED1#
5
LED2#
7
LED3#
9
5V
11
DGND
13
DSCLK#
15
DSIN0
17
/INCHJP
18
DGND
4
LED1#
6
LED2#
8
LED3#
10
5V
12
DGND
14
DSCLK#
16
DSIN3
19
DSIN2A
20
DSIN2B
21
DGND
22
DGND
23
DSCLK#
24
DSCLK#
25
5V
26
5V
27
LED0#
28
LED0#
OCCOVER 29
30
DGND
5V(PULL UP) 31
5V(PULL UP) 32
33
MHP
34
DGND
CN23(B34B-PHDSS-B)
1
/ABJP
2
DGND
3
LED1#
4
LED1#
5
LED2#
6
LED2#
7
LED3#
8
LED3#
9
5V
10
5V
11
DGND
12
DGND
13
DSCLK#
14
DSCLK#
15
DSIN0
16
DSIN3
/INCHJP
17
DGND
18
19
DSIN2A
21
DGND
23
DSCLK#
25
5V
27
LED0#
20
DSIN2B
22
DGND
24
DSCLK#
26
5V
28
LED0#
OCCOVER 29
30
DGND
5V(PULL UP) 31
5V(PULL UP) 32
33
MHP
34
DGND
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
(N.C)
(N.C)
(N.C)
(N.C)
(N.C)
(N.C)
(N.C)
(N.C)
(N.C)
(N.C)
(N.C)
(N.C)
LED1#
LED2#
LED3#
5V
DGND
DSCLK
DSIN0
N.C
292250-8
LED1#
LED2#
LED3#
5V
DGND
DSCLK
DSIN0
N.C
292250-8
OC COVER SENSOR
1
2
3
OC COVER
DGND
PULL UP
292250-3
MHP SENSOR
3
PULL UP
2
MHP
1
DGND
S3B-PH-K-S
INCH ONLY
(N.C)
(N.C)
(N.C)
(N.C)
(N.C)
(N.C)
(N.C)
(N.C)
(N.C)
(N.C)
(N.C)
(N.C)
(N.C)
(N.C)
(N.C)
(N.C)
DSIN2A
DGND
DSCLK#
5V
LED0#
292250-5
DSIN2B
DGND
DSCLK#
5V
LED0#
292250-5
OC COVER SENSOR
1 OC COVER
2
DGND
3
PULL UP
292250-3
MHP SENSOR
3
PULL UP
2
MHP
1
DGND
S3B-PH-K-S
CN**(*****)
1
V0
2
LP
3
D-GND
4
CP
5
D-GND
6
M
7 3.3V_EXT
8
D0
9
D1
10
D-GND
11
D2
12
D3
13
D-GND
14
DISP
15
VEE
PANEL UNIT
CN2(52271-2479)
24
GND
23 INFO_LED
22 /START_KEY
21
SENSE0
20
SENSE1
19
SENSE2
18
SENSE3
17
SENSE4
16
SCAN0
15
SCAN1
14
SCAN2
13
SCAN3
12
SCAN4
11
/SEG0
10
/SEG1
9
/SEG2
8
/SEG3
7
COM0
6
COM1
5
COM2
4 /BZR_PWM
3 START_LED
2
5Vsub
1
GND
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
FPC
MCU PWB
KEY PWB
CN1(IMSA-9619S-24C-TB)
GND
INFO_LED
/START_KEY
SENSE0
SENSE1
SENSE2
SENSE3
SENSE4
SCAN0
SCAN1
SCAN2
SCAN3
SCAN4
/SEG0
/SEG1
/SEG2
/SEG3
COM0
COM1
COM2
/BZR_PWM
START_LED
5Vsub
GND
CN4(52271-0469)
X2/
1
Y2/
2
X1
3
Y1
4
LCD UNIT
CN1(52610-1871)
18
DGND
17 +24V_OP
16
DGND
15
+5V
14
DGND
13
+3.3V
12
+3.3V
11 RES_OPU
10 /CLK_OPU
9 CRDY_OPU
8 SRDY_OPU
7 /TXD_OPU
6 /RXD_OPU
5
DGND
4 Standby_LED
3 /WakeUp_Key
2
+5Vsub
1
DGND
OPU PWB
CN9(52207-1885)
18
DGND
17
24V1
16
DGND
15
+5V
DGND
14
+3.3V
13
+3.3V
12
RES_OPU
11
/CLK_OPU
10
CRDY_OPU 9
SRDY_OPU
8
7
/TXD_OPU
/RXD_OPU
6
5
DGND
Standby_LED 4
/WakeUp_Key 3
+5Vsub
2
DGND
1
TOUCH PANEL
<MIRROR MOTOR>
CCD PWB
RSPF
FINISHER
CN903(SUB-D9)
1
N.C
2
SVCMDX
3
SVSTSX
4
DTRX
5
DGND
6
DSRX
7
RTSX
8
CTSX
9
N.C
CN905(SUB-D15)
1
PGND
2
24V_FN
3
/FINCRDY
4
FINSTS
5
/RESET#
6
FINPIN
7
24V_FN
8
PGND
9
DGND
10
3.3V1
11
/FINSRDY
12
FINCMD
13
5V1
14
/FINDET
15
DGND
CN904(SUB-D25)
1
DGND
2
24V_RSPF
3
/SPFMODB#
4
/SPFMODA#
5
SPFMODA#
6
SELC#
7
SELB#
8
SPFPDA
9
SPFRSOL#
10
SPFPSOL#
11
SPFPAPER
12
24V_RSPF
13
DGND
14
PGND
15
YSPF
16
DGND
17
SPFMODB#
18
SPFWS
19
3.3V1
20
SELA#
21
SPFCLH#
22
SPFGSOL#
23
SPFPDB
24
5V1
25
PGND
CN906(52147-0510)
1
MIRMODA#
2
MIRMODB#
3
/MIRMODA#
4
/MIRMODB#
5
24V_MIR
CN30(B18B-PHDSS-B)
2
DGND
1
5V
4
3.3V
3
SVSTS
6
DTR
5
CTS
8
SVCMD
7
RTS
10
DSR
9
/FINCRDY#
12
/FINSRDY
11
FINSTS#
14
FINCMD
13
/RESET#
16
/MSFINDET
15
/FINDET
18
PGND
17
24V1
CN901(B18B-PHDRS-B)
1
DGND
2
5V
3
3.3V
4
SVSTS
5
DTR
6
CTS
7
SVCMD
8
RTS
9
DSR
10
/FINCRDY
11
/FINSRDY
12
FINSTS
13
FINCMD
14
/RESET#
15
FINPIN
16
/FINDET
17
PGND
18
24VOP
CN26(IMSA-9604S-04C)
1
PGND
2
PGND
3
/CL
4
24V
CN31(B26B-PHDSS-B)
2
MIRMO0#
1
MIRMO2#
4
/MIRMODB#
3
MIRMO1#
6
MIRMODA#
5
MIRMODB#
8
DGND
7
/MIRMODA#
10
SPFWS
9
DGND
12
YSPF
11
/SPFMODB#
14
/SPFMODA#
13
SPFMODB#
16
SPFMODA#
15
SELC#
18
SELB#
17
SELA#
20
SPFCLH#
19
SPFRSOL#
22
SPFGSOL#
21
SPFPSOL#
24
SPFPAPER
23
5V
26
PGND
25
24V1
4
3
2
1
PGND
PGND
/CL
24V
CN6(FF4-32-S15D3-FA)
1
CCDD4
2
CCDD3
3
CCDD5
4
CCDD2
5
CCDD6
6
CCDD1
7
CCDD7
8
CCDD0
9
ADSCLK
10
ADWRT
11
ADSD
12
/f1
13
3.3V
14
/SH
15
DGND
16
/f2
17
DGND
18
DGND
19
DGND
20
/REFCK
21
DGND
22
/DATCK
23
DGND
24
/FR
25
/DUMC
26
/PB
27
/OB
28
5V
29
DGND
30
12V
31
DGND
32
12V
CN902(B26B-PHDSS-B)
1
MIRMO0#
2
MIRMO2#
3
/MIRMODB#
4
MIRMO1#
5
MIRMODA#
6
MIRMODB#
7
DGND
8
/MIRMODA#
9
SPFWS
10
DGND
11
YSPF
12
/SPFMODB#
13
/SPFMODA#
14
SPFMODB#
15
SPFMODA#
16
SELC#
17
SELB#
18
SELA#
19
SPFCLH#
20
SPFRSOL#
21
SPFGSOL#
22
SPFPSOL#
23
SPFPAPER
24
5V
25
PGND
26
24VOP
32
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
CCDD4
CCDD3
CCDD5
CCDD2
CCDD6
CCDD1
CCDD7
CCDD0
ADSCLK
ADWRT
ADSD
/f1
3.3V
/SH
DGND
/f2
DGND
DGND
DGND
/REFCK
DGND
/DATCK
DGND
/FR
/DUMC
/PB
/OB
5V
DGND
12V
DGND
12V
CN1(FF4-32-S15D3-FA)
CZHR-03V-S CZHR-03V-S
1
3
PullUp
2
2
POUT1
3
1
DGND
3
4
1
5
6
2
10
14
13
12
16
15
8
1
2
3
4
5
6
Red
1
2
3
4
5
CN2(B6B-PH-K-S)
SW24V
SW24V
SFTDA#
SFTDB#
/SFTDA#
/SFTDB#
CN4(B5B-PH-K-R)
SW24V
DUP2MODA#
DUP2MODB#
/DUP2MODA#
/DUP2MODB#
CN1(B5B-PAEK-1) Blue
SW24V / SW24V_Dup
1
2
DPXA
3
DPXB
4
/DPXA
5
/DPXB
CN22(S3B-PH-K-M) Green
1
24V
2
/PGSOL1
3
/PGSOL2
5V
SFTHP
DGND
5V(PullUp)
POUT1
DGND
TFANOUT
TFANRDY
PGND
TFANOUT
TFANRDY
PGND
DGND
CN32(B16B-PHDSS-B)
7
N.C
9
N.C
11
N.C
(N.C)
6
9
/POUT2B_DET
(N.C)
(N.C)
(N.C)
10
8
POUTCOV
DGND
DGMD
4
5
7
5V
PFULL2
DGND
5V
SFTHP
DGND
GP1A71L3
SMP-03V-NC SMR-03V-N
1
TFANOUT
1
3
TFANRDY
3
2
PGND
2
SMP-03V-NC SMR-03V-N
1
TFANOUT
1
3
TFANRDY
3
2
PGND
2
3
2
1
S 3B-PH-K-S
<DUPLEX 2 MOTOR>
<SHIFTER MOTOR>
<DUPLEX MOTOR>
PINK
BROWN
GRAY
<SHIFTER HP SENSOR>
292250-2
POUTCOV
1
2
DGND
DF3A-3P-2DS
2
5V
3
PFULL2
1
DGND
GP1SQ44S
292250-3
GP1SQ73P
3
5V(PULL_UP)
1
POUT2
2
DGND
3
2
1
CN21(B10B-PASK-1)
5V(PULL_UP)
POUT2
DGND
B. MCU - Optical base plate 2, OP I/F PWB, 1st paper exit unit, 2nd paper exit unit
MCU PWB
OP I/F PWB
MCU PWB
/HPIN
DGND
5V(PULL UP)
HPEMPTY
DGND
5V(PULL UP)
CSS1H
DGND
CN14(B8B-PH-K-S)
1
24V
2
/PCS1H
3
DGND
4
/PIN
5
5V
6
/PAP1H
7
N.C
8
/LUD1H
6
8
/LUM1H
PGND
3
4
24V
PSRSOL/
2
1
32
34
35
36
5V
PPSEN
DGND
DGND
/PCL1H
24V
9
11
13
15
17
19
21
23
25
27
29
31
33
10
12
14
HPTRAY1
DGND
HPTRAY2
DGND
HPSIZE1
DGND
5V(PULL UP)
HPSIZE2
DGND
5V(PULL UP)
3.3V
HPWS
DGND
DGND
DUP2SEN
5V(PULL UP)
CN15(B36B-PUDSS-1)
5
24V
7
/HPSOL
(N.C)
(N.C)
(N.C)
(N.C)
(N.C)
BU03P-TR-P-H
DGND
DUP2SEN
PULL UP
3
2
1
PHNR-3-H
PHNR-5-H
1
2
3
4
5
BU05P-TR-P-H
HPEMPTY
DGND
PULL UP
CSS1H
DGND
5
4
3
2
1
PHNR-5-H
SMP-03V-NC
SMR-03V-N
1
1
24V
2
2
N.C
3
3
/PSRSOL
1
2
3
PHNR-3-H
HARNESS GUIDE
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
4
3
2
1
MAIN FRAME
PHNR-15-H
PHNR-4-H
BU04P-TR-P-H
/HPIN
N.C
DGND
PULL UP
PHNR-4-H
1
2
3
4
PHNR-15-H
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
BU15P-TR-P-H
24V
/HPSOL
HPTRAY1
DGND
HPTRAY2
DGND
HPSIZE1
DGND
PULL UP
HPSIZE2
DGND
PULL UP
3.3V
HPWS
DGND
1
2
3
1
2
3
4
5
6
DGND
/PIN
5V
/PAP1H
N.C
/LUD1H
B 6B-PH-K-S
SMR-02V-N
SMP-02V-NC
1
1
24V
2
2
/PCS1H
<HAND PAPER
EMPTY SENSOR PWB>
VHPSG2481++-1
<HAND PAPER IN
SENSOR PWB>
VHPSG2481++-1
292250-3
1
/HPEMPTY
2
DGND
3
PULL UP
292250-3
1
/HPIN
2
DGND
3
PULL UP
/LUM1H
N.C
PGND
B 3B-PH-K-S
DGND
DUP2SEN
PULL UP
1
2
3
S 3B-PH-K-S
3.3V
HPWS
DGND
292250-2
1
CSS1H
2
DGND
1
2
3
S 3B-PH-K-S
292250-3
1
HPSIZE2
2
DGND
3
PULL UP
292250-3
1
HPSIZE1
2
DGND
3
PULL UP
292250-2
1
HPTRAY2
2
DGND
292250-2
1
HPTRAY1
2
DGND
<HAND PAPER
SOLENOID>
CN38(B28B-PUDSS-1)
1
PGND
2
24V
3
5V
4
24V
5
PCS1A#
6
LUM1A#
7
TRCLA#
8
PCL1A#
9
PCS2#
10
LUM2#
11
PCL2#
12
Y1B
13
LUM1B#
14
Y2
15
CSSELA#
16
TRCLB#
17
CSSELB#
18
PCS1B#
19
CSSELC#
20
PCL1B#
21
AI#
22
BI#
23
/AI#
24
/BI#
25
Y1A
26
OPCASSEL#
27
DGND
28
DGND
CN5(B28B-PUDSS-1)
1
PGND
2
24V
3
5V
4
24V
5
PCS2#
6
LUM2#
7
TRCL2#
8
PCL2#
9
PCS4#
10
LUM4#
11
PCL4#
12
Y3
13
LUM3#
14
Y4
15
CSSELA#
16
TRCL3#
17
CSSELB#
18
PCS3#
19
CSSELC#
20
PCL3#
21
AI#
22
BI#
23
/AI#
24
/BI#
25
Y2
26
OPCASSEL#
27
DGND
28
DGND
CN9(B24B-PUDSS-1)
1
PGND
2
24V
3
5V
4
24V
5
LUM4#
6
PCS4#
7
Y3
8
PCL4#
9
Y4
10
LUM3#
11
TRCL3#
12
CSSELA#
13
PCS3#
14
CSSELB#
15
PCL3#
16
CSSELC#
17
BI#
18
AI#
19
/BI#
20
/AI#
21
OPCASSEL#
22
DGND
23
DGND
24
DGND
MCU PWB
1
2
3
CN2(B3B-PH-K-K) Black
1
/TRCL2
2
N.C
3
24V
(N.C)
B 6B-PH-K-S
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
CN7(B3B-PH-K-E) Blue
1
CSS2
2
N.C
3
DGND
CN1(B3B-PH-K-R) Red
1
LUM2D
2
N.C
3
PGND
1
2
3
4
5
6
B 3B-PH-K-S
DGND
PPD2
5V
PAP2
DRS2
LUD2
DRS2
N.C
DGND
1
2
3
292250-2
1
DRS2
2
D-GND
292250-2
1
CSS2
2
DGND
FEED SL>
B 3B-PH-K-S
1
2
3
LUM2D
N.C
PGND
<DOOR OPEN/CLOSE
SENSOR SW>
THERMOSTAT 2
3
2
1
RHNR-4-H
4
3
2
1
RHNR-3-H
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
VLP-03V
VLR-03V
1
LIVE2
1
2
N.C
2
3
HL-OUTPUT2
3
VLP-02V
VLR-02V
1
LIVE1
1
2
HL-OUTPUT1
2
HARNESS GUIDE
BU04P-TR-P-H
RTH1
DGND
RTH2
DGND
BU03P-TR-P-H
5V(PullUp)
DGND
PDPX
CN6(B2P3-VH)
1
HL-OUTPUT1
2
N.C
3
HL-OUTPUT2
CN5(B2P-VL)
1
LIVE1
2
LIVE2
(N.C)
(N.C)
(N.C)
(N.C)
(N.C)
1
2
3
CN3(B03P-VL-B)
AC-LIVE IN
N.C
AC-NEUT IN
FGND
CN1(B03P-VL)
LIVE
N.C
NEUTRAL
FGND
CN1(B03P-VL)
LIVE
N.C
NEUTRAL
1
2
3
1
2
3
CN102(B3B-PH-K-S)
1
/PSFAN
2
N.C
3
GND
3
2
1
CN2(B03P-VL-R)
AC-NEUT OUT
N.C
AC-LIVE OUT
CN401(B2P-VH_RD_Red)
1
DVBS
2
GND
CN301(B2P-VH_BK_Black)
1
DHV
2
N.C
#187(B201)[WH]
THV
CN101(B2P-VH_White)
1
GB
2
N.C
CN21(B2P-VH_BL_Blue)
1
MCCASE
2
N.C
#187(B1)[RD]
MHV
CN101(B30B-PNDZS-1)
1
+12V
3
Sub3.3V
5
+3.3V
7
+3.3V
9
+5V
11
D-GND
13
D-GND
19
D-GND
21
+24V
23
P-GND
25
/PR
27
FW
29
P-OFF
2
Sub5V
4
Sub3.3V
6
+3.3V
8
+5V
10
D-GND
12
D-GND
14
D-GND
16
D-GND
18
+24VINT
20
+24VINT
22
P-GND
28
HLOUT2
30
HLOUT1
15
D-GND
17
D-GND
24
P-GND
26
FAN-C
CN1(B11B-PH-K-S)
9
DGND
11
SW24V
3
TCDA#
4
DHVREM
6
THV-REM
8
DVBSPWM
1
MHVREM
5
THVREM
2
GBPWM
7
DVBSREM
10
N.C
CN20(B10B-PH-K-S)
1
24VOP
2
24VOP
3
24VOP
4
+3.3V
5
+5V
6
D-GND
7
D-GND
8
P-GND
9
P-GND
10
P-GND
HV PWB
THERMOSTAT 1
THERMISTER 2
RHNR-4-H
1
2
3
4
RHNR-3-H
1
2
3
MCU PWB
THERMISTER 1
292250-3
5V(PullUp)
3
DGND
2
PDPX
1
DGND
RTH2
DGND
RTH1
PDPX
DGND
5V(PullUp)
[FUSING UNIT]
CN19(S7B-PH-K-S)
CN10(B30B-PUDSS-1)
11
24V1
5
P-GND
14
D-GND
16
D-GND
21
+12V
28
3.3Vsub
22
+3.3V
20
+3.3V
18
+5V
30
D-GND
26
D-GND
2
D-GND
3
+24V
8
P-GND
9
/PR
13
FW
15
POFFR#
25
5Vsub
27
3.3Vsub
24
+3.3V
17
+5V
29
D-GND
23
D-GND
19
D-GND
1
D-GND
6
+24VINT
4
+24VINT
7
P-GND
12
HLOUT2
10
HLOUT1
CN12(B10B-PASK-1)
1
DGND
2
SW24V
3
TCDA#
4
DHVREM/
5
THV-REM/
6
DVBSPWM/
7
MHVREM/
8
THVREM
9
GBPWM/
10
DVBSREM/
(N.C)
(N.C)
(N.C)
(N.C)
(N.C)
White
Brown
(N.C)
(N.C)
(N.C)
DHV
THV
GB
SOKET
White
Black
Black
White
200V only
PS-250-R (RED)
SW IN (LIVE)
PS-250-R (RED)
SW IN (NEUTRAL)
PS-250
SW OUT (NEUTRAL) 1
PS-250
SW OUT (LIVE)
1
<AC SW>
TC HIGH VOLTAGE
HOLDER
MCCASE
MHV
PM PWB
BPC
APC
/PMCLK
/PMRDY
/PMD
PGND
24V
177622-5
DGND
/SYNC
SW5V
B3B-PH-K-S
SW5V
/SYNC
/VIDEO
/SAMP
APCSTT#
DGND
LPSEL
SW5V
/SYNC
DGND
B10B-PH-K-S
LSU UNIT
2
1
3
1
2
3
4
5
3
2
1
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
3
2
1
(TSHP-04V-K)
CRUM PWB
TCS
4
3
2
1
51010-0811
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
(To HV PWB)
DGND
TRAY PAPER
PULL UP
BU03P-TR-P-H
PHNR-3-H
1
2
3
SW5V
/PMRDY
/VIDEO
/SAMP
APCSTT
DGND
LPSEL
/PMCLK
/SYNC
/PMD
PGND
24V
BU12P-TR-P-H
4
3
2
1
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
PHNR-12-H
(THSR-04V-K)
DGND
5V
DEVCLK#
DEVID#
52025-0811
8
DVBS
7
N.C
6
DGND
5
DEV
4
N.C
3
N.C
2
TONER
1
24V
PHNR-3-H
3
2
1
SMR-03V-N
SMP-03V-NC
1
1
/PSFANOUT
3
3
PSFANRDY
2
2
PGND
SMR-03V-N
SMP-03V-NC
1
1
/PSFANOUT
3
3
PSFANRDY
2
2
PGND
GP1S73P
DGND
TRAY PAPER
PULL UP
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
PHNR-12-H
(N.C)
(N.C)
(N.C)
(N.C)
/PSFANOUT
PSFANRDY
PGND
DGND
DEV
TONER
24V
DGND
5V
DEVCLK#
DEVID#
CN501(B13B-PASK-1)
1
SW5V
2
DGND
3
/PMRDY
4
/VIDEO
5
/SAMP
6
APCSTT
7
DGND
8
LPSEL
9
/PMCLK
10
/SYNC
11
/PMD
12
PGND
13
24V
2
4
6
8
1
3
5
7
CN502(B14B-PUDSS-1)
10
OZNFANOUT
12
OZNFANRDY
14
PGND
13
DGND
11
TRAY PAPER
9
5V(PULL UP)
3
2
1
CN29(B6B-PH-K-S)
6
/PSFANOUT
5
PSFANRDY
4
PGND
1
2
CN3(B2P-VH)
TMD
/TMD
1
2
3
(N.C)
CN503(B4B-PH-K-S)
1
5V
2
EHUD#
3
DGND
4
ERTH
CN11(B4B-PH-K-K)BLACK
1
24V
2
/PREMSOL
3
N.C
(N.C)
4
DGND
(N.C)
CN18(B03P-VH)
24VINT
PGND
SW24V
CN504(B06B-CZHK-B-1)
6
/POUTFANOUT
POUTFANRDY
5
4
PGND
3
/POUTFANOUT
POUTFANRDY
2
1
PGND
5
4
3
2
1
CN8(B5B-PH-K-S)
SW24V
PGND
/MMD
/MMRDY
/MMCLK
1
2
3
1
2
3
4
5V
EHUD#
DGND
ERTH
(S4B-ZR-SM3A-TF)
SMP-02V-NC
1
24V
2
DGND
SMP-03V-NC
1
24VINT
2
N.C
3
SW24V
SMR-02V-N
1
2
ILSW
<INTERLOCK SW>
Soldering
24VINT
Soldering
SW24V
<TEMPERATURE/HUMIDITY SENSOR>
only
SMR-03V-N
1
2
3
CK03-6H-P
3
POUTFANOUT
2
POUTFANRDY
1
PGND
<TONNER MOTOR>
<MAIN MOTOR>
(B5B-PH-K-S)
1
SW24V
2
PGND
3
/MMD
4
/MMRDY
5
/MMCLK
MCU PWB
CN**(TX24-60R-12ST-H1)
1
24V
2
24V
3
5V
4
5V
5
3.3V
6
3.3V
7
/RESET
8
/PWOFF
9
/PRLINE
10
/HSYNC
11
GND
12
GND
13 /FAXPAGE
14
FAXCMD
15 /FAXCRDY
16
GND
17
GDATA0
18
GDATA2
19
GDATA4
20
GDATA6
21
GDATA8
22
GDATA10
23
GDATA12
24
GDATA14
25
GND
26
/FAXPRD
27 /FAXACK1P
28
GND
29 /FAXACK0P
30
GND
31
24V
32
24V
33
5V
34
5Vsub
35
3.3V
36
3.3V
37
EXTRS
38
FAXWU
39
/SCLINE
40
/READY
41
GND
42
GND
43
/FAXDET
44
FAXSTS
45 /FAXSRDY
46
GND
47
GDATA1
48
GDATA3
49
GDATA5
50
GDATA7
51
GDATA9
52
GDATA11
53
GDATA13
54
GDATA15
55
GND
56 /FAXREQ1P
57 /FAXCS1P
58 /FAXREQ0P
59 /FAXCS0P
60
GND
IMC PWB
CN7(TX25-60P-12ST-H1E)
5V
1
5V
2
3.3V
3
3.3V
4
/MRESET
5
/PWOFF
6
/PRLINE
7
/HSYNC
8
DGND
9
DGND
10
DGND
11
N.C
12
/ESPAGE
13
ESCMD
14
/ESCRDY
15
DGND
16
GDATA0
17
GDATA2
18
GDATA4
19
GDATA6
20
GDATA8
21
GDATA10
22
GDATA12
23
GDATA14
24
N.C
25
/ESACK1P 26
N.C
27
/ESPRD
28
/ESACK0P 29
DGND
30
5V
31
5V
32
3.3V
33
3.3V
34
N.C
35
N.C
36
/SCLINE
37
/READY
38
DGND
39
DGND
40
DGND
41
N.C
42
/ESDET
43
ESSTS
44
/ESSRDY
45
DGND
46
GDATA1
47
GDATA3
48
GDATA5
49
GDATA7
50
GDATA9
51
GDATA11
52
GDATA13
53
GDATA15
54
N.C
55
/ESREQ1P 56
/ESCS1P
57
/ESREQ0P 58
/ESCS0P
59
DGND
60
MCU PWB
CN5(TX25-60R-12ST-H1E)
1
3.3VSub
2
3.3VSub
3
24V
4
DGND
5
DGND
6
/SCLINE
7
/READY
8
5V
9
GDATA1
10
GDATA3
11
GDATA5
12
GDATA7
13
GDATA9
14
GDATA11
15
GDATA13
16
GDATA15
17 /PRINTERWU
18
/PCLDET
19
PCLSTS
20 /PCLSRDY
21 /PCLREQ1P
22 /PCLCS1P
23 /PCLREQ0P
24 /PCLCS0P
25
/FAXDET
26
FAXSTS
27 /FAXSRDY
28 /FAXREQ0P
29 /FAXCS0P
30
3.3V
31
5Vsub
32
EXTRS
33
GND
34
GND
35
/MRESET
36
/PWOFF
37
/PRLINE
38
/HSYNC
39
/PSSTS
40
GDATA0
41
GDATA2
42
GDATA4
43
GDATA6
44
GDATA8
45
GDATA10
46
GDATA12
47
GDATA14
48
/FAXWU
49
/GDIDET
50
PCLCMD
51 /PCLCRDY
52
/PCLPRD
53 /PCLACK1P
54 /PCLACK0P
55 /FAXPAGE
56
FAXCMD
57 /FAXCRDY
58
/FAXPRD
59 /FAXACK0P
60
3.3V
CN9(B3B-PH-K-S)
SP+
1
SP2
N.C
3
SPEAKER
FAX PWB
CN1(TX25-60P-12ST-H1)
24V
1
24V
2
5V
3
5V
4
3.3V
5
3.3V
6
/RESET
7
/PWOFF
8
/PRLINE
9
/HSYNC
10
GND
11
GND
12
/FAXPAGE 13
FAXCMD
14
/FAXCRDY 15
GND
16
GDATA0
17
GDATA2
18
GDATA4
19
GDATA6
20
GDATA8
21
GDATA10
22
GDATA12
23
GDATA14
24
GND
25
/FAXPRD
26
/FAXACK1P 27
GND
28
/FAXACK0P 29
GND
30
24V
31
24V
32
5V
33
5Vsub
34
3.3V
35
3.3V
36
EXTRS
37
FAXWU
38
/SCLINE
39
/READY
40
GND
41
GND
42
/FAXDET
43
FAXSTS
44
/FAXSRDY 45
GND
46
GDATA1
47
GDATA3
48
GDATA5
49
GDATA7
50
GDATA9
51
GDATA11
52
GDATA13
53
GDATA15
54
GND
55
/FAXREQ1P 56
/FAXCS1P 57
/FAXREQ0P 58
/FAXCS0P 59
GND
60
MOTHER PWB
CN**(TX25-60P-12ST-H1)
1
5Vsub
2
5Vsub
3
3.3Vsub
4
3.3Vsub
/RESET
5
/PWOFF
6
7
/PRLINE
8
/HSYNC
9
GND
10
GND
11
GND
12
GND
13 /PCLPAGE
14
PCLCMD
15 /PCLCRDY
16
GND
17
GDATA0
18
GDATA2
19
GDATA4
20
GDATA6
GDATA8
21
22
GDATA10
23
GDATA12
24
GDATA14
GND
25
/PCLPRD
26
27 /PCLACK1P
GND
28
29 /PCLACK0P
GND
30
31
5Vsub
32
5Vsub
33
3.3Vsub
34
3.3V
35 /PRINTWU
36
PSSTS
37
/SCLINE
38
/READY
39
GND
40
GND
41
GND
42
NC
43
/PCLDET
44
PCLSTS
45 /PCLSRDY
46
GND
47
GDATA1
48
GDATA3
49
GDATA5
50
GDATA7
51
GDATA9
52
GDATA11
53
GDATA13
54
GDATA15
55
GND
56 /PCLREQ1P
57 /PCLCS1P
58 /PCLREQ0P
59 /PCLCS0P
60
GND
CN3(TX24-60R-12ST-H1)
3.3VSub
1
3.3VSub
2
24V
3
DGND
4
DGND
5
/SCLINE
6
/READY
7
5V
8
GDATA1
9
GDATA3
10
GDATA5
11
GDATA7
12
GDATA9
13
GDATA11
14
GDATA13
15
GDATA15
16
/PRINTERWU 17
/PCLDET
18
PCLSTS 19
/PCLSRDY 20
/PCLREQ1P 21
/PCLCS1P 22
/PCLREQ0P 23
/PCLCS0P 24
/FAXDET
25
FAXSTS
26
/FAXSRDY 27
/FAXREQ0P 28
/FAXCS0P 29
3.3V
30
5Vsub
31
EXTRS
32
GND
33
GND
34
/MRESET
35
/PWOFF
36
/PRLINE
37
/HSYNC
38
/PSSTS
39
GDATA0
40
GDATA2
41
GDATA4
42
GDATA6
43
GDATA8
44
GDATA10
45
GDATA12
46
GDATA14
47
/FAXWU
48
/GDIDET
49
PCLCMD
50
/PCLCRDY 51
/PCLPRD
52
/PCLACK1P 53
/PCLACK0P 54
/FAXPAGE 55
FAXCMD
56
/FAXCRDY 57
/FAXPRD
58
/FAXACK0P 59
3.3V
60
SPCL PWB
3. Signal list
Signal name
Name
CL
Copy lamp
CLH
RSPF clutch
COVER
CSS1
CSS2
CSS3
CSS4
DPX
Duplex motor
DRS2
DUP2SEN
EHUD
Function/Operation
Controls ON/OFF of the
copy lamp.
Controls ON/OFF of the
RSPF paper feed roller.
Detects open/close of
the RSPF cover.
Detects installation of
tray 1.
Detects installation of
tray 2.
Detects installation of
tray 3.
Detects installation of
tray 4.
Controls the duplex
motor.
Detects door open/close.
Connector level
L
H
ON
OFF
Connector
No.
CN26
Pin No.
PWB name
MCU
RSPF
interface
RSPF
interface
MCU
ON
OFF
CN5
13
OPEN
CLOSE
CN5
NO
YES
CN15
22
NO
YES
CN7
NO
YES
CN7
NO
YES
CN4
CN1
2,3,4,5
OPEN
CLOSE
CN8
OPEN
CLOSE
CN8
OPEN
CLOSE
CN4
YES
NO
CN15
12
Humidity sensor
Standard
tray I/F
Option tray
I/F
Option tray
I/F
MCU
CN503
MCU
ERTH
Temperature sensor
CN503
MCU
GSOL
Gate solenoid
ON
OFF
CN4
HLOUT1
OFF
ON
CN10
10
RSPF
interface
MCU
HLOUT2
OFF
ON
CN10
12
MCU
HPEMPTY
YES
NO
CN15
16
MCU
HPIN
NO
YES
CN15
26
MCU
NO
YES
CN15
17
MCU
NO
YES
CN15
23
MCU
ON
OFF
CN15
MCU
LONG
SHORT
CN15
MCU
SHORT
LONG
CN15
13
MCU
CN15
31
MCU
ON
OFF
CN17
8,9
MCU
Not
detected
Not
detected
Not
detected
Not
detected
OFF
Detected
CN14
MCU
Detected
CN8
Detected
CN8
Detected
CN4
ON
CN15
Standard
tray I/F
Option tray
I/F
Option tray
I/F
MCU
DRS3
DRS4
HPSIZE1
HPSIZE2
HPSOL
HPTRAY1
HPTRAY2
HPWS
KEEPSOL
LUD1H
LUD2
LUD3
LUD4
LUM1H
NOTE
Standard
tray I/F
Option tray
I/F
Option tray
I/F
MCU
Analog
detection
Analog
detection
Signal name
Name
Function/Operation
LUM2D
Lift-up motor
LUM3D
Lift-up motor
LUM4D
Lift-up motor
MHP
MIRMOD
Mirror motor
MMD
MMRDY
Main motor
Main motor lock
OCCOVER
OZNFANOUT
PAP1H
PAP2
OC cover open/close
detection
Ozone fan
Paper pass sensor (Tray 1)
Paper pass sensor (Tray 2)
PAP3
PAP4
Connector level
L
H
OFF
ON
Connector
No.
CN1
Pin No.
1
PWB name
Standard
tray I/F
Option tray
I/F
Option tray
I/F
MCU
OFF
ON
CN1
OFF
ON
CN4
14
Other
than
home
position.
Home
position
CN23
33
CN906
1,2,3,4
ON
Rotation
OFF
Lock
IC215
IC215
3
2
MCU
MCU
OPEN
CLOSE
CN23
29
MCU
OFF
YES
YES
ON
NO
NO
CN502
CN14
CN8
10
6
4
YES
NO
CN8
YES
NO
CN4
PAPER
YES
NO
CN5
18
PCL1H
ON
OFF
CN15
PCL2
ON
OFF
CN3
PCL3
ON
OFF
CN3
PCL4
ON
OFF
CN4
10
PCS1H
ON
OFF
CN14
PCS2
ON
OFF
CN8
PCS3
ON
OFF
CN8
PCS4
ON
OFF
CN4
12
PDPX
Duplex sensor
YES
NO
CN19
Standard
tray I/F
Option tray
I/F
Option tray
I/F
MCU
PFULL2
YES
NO
CN21
MCU
PFULL2_R
YES
NO
CN17
MCU
PGSOL
ON
OFF
CN22
2,3
MCU
PIN
POUT1
YES
NO
NO
YES
CN14
CN32
4
6
MCU
MCU
POUT2
YES
NO
CN21
MCU
POUT2_R
YES
NO
CN17
MCU
POUTCOV
MCU
MCU
Standard
tray I/F
Option tray
I/F
Option tray
I/F
SPF
interface
MCU
OPEN
CLOSE
CN21
10
MCU
OFF
Rotation
ON
Lock
CN504
CN504
3,6
2,5
MCU
MCU
YES
NO
CN8
POUTFANOUT
POUTFANRDY
PPD2
OP I/F PWB
Standard
tray I/F
Option tray
I/F
Option tray
I/F
MCU
Standard
tray I/F
NOTE
PPD3
Connector level
L
H
YES
NO
PPD4
YES
NO
CN4
PREMSOL
ON
OFF
CN11
PSFANOUT
PSFANRDY
PS fan
PS fan lock detection
OFF
Rotation
ON
Lock
CN29
CN29
3,6
2,5
MCU
MCU
PSOL
PS solenoid
ON
OFF
CN5
11
PSRSOL
RSOL
ON
ON
OFF
OFF
CN15
CN5
4
15
RTH1
Thermister 1
CN19
SPF
interface
MCU
SPF
interface
PWB
MCU
RTH2
Thermister 2
CN19
MCU
SFTD
SFTHP
Shifter motor
Shifter home position sensor
Home
position
CN2
CN32
3,4,5,6
4
MCU
MCU
SPFOPEN
Other
than
home
position.
OPEN
CLOSE
CN5
24
YES
NO
CN3
CN2
OFF
Rotation
ON
Lock
CN32
CN32
10,12
14,16
CN3
CN502
1,2
6
ON
OFF
CN2
ON
OFF
CN2
YES
NO
CN5
Signal name
SPFOUT
SPFWS
Name
TFANOUT
TFANRDY
TMD
TONER
Toner motor
Toner sensor
TRCL2
TRCL3
W0
Function/Operation
Detects open/close of
the SPF cover.
Detects paper exit of the
SPF.
Detects SFP documents.
Drives the fusing fan.
Detects lock of the fusing
fan.
Controls the toner motor.
Detects the toner
density.
Controls ON/OFF of the
vertical transport roller.
Controls ON/OFF of the
vertical transport clutch.
Detects paper empty.
Connector
No.
CN8
Pin No.
2
PWB name
NOTE
Option tray
I/F
Option tray
I/F
MCU
SPF
interface
SPF
interface
SPF
interface
MCU
MCU
MCU
MCU
Standard
tray I/F
Option tray
I/F
SPF
interface
Analog
detection
Analog
detection
PARTS GUIDE
CODE:00ZMXM310P002
Revised Edition
MX-M260/N/FG/FP
MX-M310/N/FG/FP
AR-5726/5731
MX-VR10
MX-RP10
MX-TR11
MODEL
(Japan is standard)
CONTENTS
1 1(Exteriors 1)
2 2(Exteriors 2)
3 (Operation panel unit)
4 (Frame section)
5 (Lamp unit)
6 1(Optical frame 1)
7 2(Optical frame 2)
8 (Middle frame section)
9 550 (550 cassette unit)
F (Paper feed section)
G (Paper transfer section)
H (Side door unit)
I
(Multi manual paper feed tray unit)
] MX-RP10 1
(MX-RP10 RSPF Transport section 1)
^ MX-RP10 2
(MX-RP10 RSPF Transport section 2)
_ MX-TR11
(MX-TR11 2nd delivery paper unit)
` MX-TR11
(MX-TR11 Job-separater unit)
a
(Packing material & accessories)
b MX-VR10
(MX-VR10 Packing material & accessories
MX-RP10
(MX-RP10 Packing material & accessories)
d MX-TR11
(MX-TR11 Packing material & accessories)
SHARP CORPORATION
< >
No1 6
< >
1
(a,b,c)
(a,b,c)
< >
R/C
< >
R/ C
Interchangeable.
Not interchangeable.
Others.
New & Addition, Change, Abolition, and Quantity change are expressed with the marks shown in the
table below.
<Change of Division>
New & Addition
Change
Abolition
Q'uantity (increase) /Others
Q'uantity (decrease)
Correction
Running Change
1
Update : 2009/11/16
A :
B :
E :
D :
C :
DEFINITION
Rank
Rank
Rank
Rank
Rank
A
B
E
D
C
:
:
:
:
:
Maintenance parts, and consumable parts which are not included in but closely related to maintenance parts
Performance/function parts (sensors, clutches, and other electrical parts), consumable parts
Unit parts including PWB
Preparation parts (External fitting, packing, parts packed together)
Parts other than the above (excluding sub components of PWB)
Because parts marked with "!" is indispensable for the machine safety maintenance and operation, it must be replaced with
the parts specific to the product specification.
F
F
F
F
( )
Other than this Parts Guide, please refer to documents Service Manual (including Circuit Diagram)of this model.
Please use the 13 digit code described in the right hand corner of front cover of the document, when you place an order.
For U.S. only-Use order codes provided in advertising literature. Do not order from parts department.
1 1(Exteriors 1)
NO.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
PARTS CODE
GCAB-0081QST1
GCAB-0080QST1
CFIX-0013QS11
CFIX-0013QS12
PSHEZ0220QSZ1
LX-BZ0082QSPZ
GCAB-0084QST1
CGIDM0116QS05
CGIDM0116QS04
AL
AM
AM
AL
AK
AA
AS
AK
AH
EB
EG
EG
EB
DX
DD
EQ
DX
DX
D
D
D
D
C
C
D
C
C
LFIX-0011QSAC
AK
DX
11
PGLSP0003QSZZ
BA
FX
17
LFIX-0012QSAC
AH
DX
18
PSHEZ0221QSZZ
AC
DJ
19
PGLSP0004QSZZ
AX
FG
20
PSHEZ0207QSZZ
AC
DJ
21
PSHEZ0222QSZZ
AC
DJ
22
PCUSS0011QSZZ
AB
DJ
23
PSHEZ0208QSZZ
AC
DJ
24
PCUSS0027QSZZ
AA
DJ
25
26
PSHEZ0088QSZ2
PMLT-0093QSZZ
AD
AB
DJ
DJ
C
C
27
PSHEZ0474QSZZ
AD
DJ
501
CFIX-0012RS54
AU
EZ
TR No.
DESCRIPTION
Optical left cabinet
Optical right cabinet
Glass fixing plate
(Except Japan)
Glass fixing plate
(Japan)
Shading sheet
Screw(38)
Rear cabinet upper
OR guide unit
(Except Japan)
OR guide unit
(Japan)
OC fixing glass
(Except North America,Japan,Argentina)
Table glass
SPF fixing glass
[MX-RP10,North America,Japan,Argentina]
White revise sheet LPD
[MX-RP10,North America,Japan,Argentina]
SPF slit glass
[MX-RP10,North America,Japan,Argentina]
SPF glass sheet F
[MX-RP10,North America,Japan,Argentina]
Glass fixing sheet
[MX-RP10,North America,Japan,Argentina]
Glass cushion
[MX-RP10,North America,Japan,Argentina]
Glass sheet R
[MX-RP10,North America,Japan,Argentina]
Glass cushion C
[MX-RP10,North America,Japan,Argentina]
Table glass sheet
[Missing parts code]
Rear cabinet upper cushion
Glass fixing sheet
[MX-RP10,North America,Japan,Argentina]
SPF Glass fixing unit
[MX-RP10,North America,Japan,Argentina]
Effective
time
OR
OR
OC
SPF
LPD
SPF
SPF F
R
C
SPF
1st lot
1st lot
Update : 2009/11/16
1 1(Exteriors 1)
5
1
5
3
7
5
6
5
5
25
5
11
26
5
8
501
23
17
18
27
19
20
22
24
SPF only
PRP03901
21
22
3
Update : 2009/11/16
2 2(Exteriors 2)
NO.
PARTS CODE
3
4
GCAB-0042QSTF
GCAB-0042QSTG
XHBS730P08000
GCAB-0145QSZZ
AP
AP
AB
AU
EQ
EQ
DD
EZ
D
D
C
C
GCOV-0056QST1
AG
DS
24
GCAB-0043QSTC
GCAB-0152QSZZ
XEBS740P10000
GCAB-0085QST5
GCAB-0085QST6
GCAB-0085QST6
GCOV-0034QSTC
PCOVP0130QSZZ
MSPRD0189QSZZ
MLEVP0069QSTZ
GDOR-0003QST7
NROLP1060FCZZ
MSPRT0229GCAZ
GCAB-0039QSTC
GCOV-0043QST2
PFILZ0016QSZZ
GCOV-0086QSZZ
GCAB-0149QSZZ
GCAB-0149QSZ1
GCAB-0142QSZZ
GCAB-0148QSZZ
GCAB-0148QSZ1
AM
AM
AA
AY
AY
AY
AK
AM
AB
AD
AP
AF
AC
AS
AX
AS
AN
AV
AV
AL
AW
AW
EG
EG
DD
FQ
FG
FG
DX
EG
DJ
DJ
EQ
DS
DJ
EZ
FG
EQ
EG
FG
FG
EB
FG
FG
D
D
C
D
D
D
C
D
C
C
D
C
C
D
D
B
C
C
C
C
C
C
25
LBNDZ0007QSZZ
AC
DJ
26
GCAB-0141QSZZ
AT
EZ
27
TLABZ5148FCZZ
AC
DJ
37
39
44
49
50
52
LX-BZ0082QSPZ
TCAUA1069FCZZ
TLABZ0793QSZZ
TLABG5005FCZZ
TLABH0483QSZZ
MARMP0050QSZZ
GCOVH0024QST2
TLABH5200FCZZ
AA
AC
AC
AC
AC
AF
AE
AB
DD
DJ
DJ
DJ
DJ
DS
DS
DJ
C
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
53
TCAUH1071FCZZ
BC
GD
54
TLABZ5048FCZZ
AB
DJ
63
PSHEZ0568QSZZ
PSHEZ0568QSZZ
PCOVP0142QSZZ
AD
AD
AE
DJ
DJ
DS
C
C
C
65
GCAB-0144QSZZ
AK
DX
66
67
69
70
71
PCOVP0144QSZZ
HBDGD0058FCZZ
CBDGD0062FC35
CBDGD0062FC34
CBDGD0062FC39
CBDGD0062FC38
CBDGD0062FC42
CBDGD0062FC40
CBDGD0062FC43
CBDGD0062FC41
CBDGD0004QS01
CBDGD0004QS02
PBOX-0006QSZ1
XEBS730P10000
VHPGP1S73P+-18
AD
AT
AH
AH
AG
AG
AG
AG
AG
AG
AN
AN
AE
AC
AF
DJ
EQ
DX
DX
DX
DX
DX
DX
DX
DX
EQ
EQ
DS
DD
DS
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
D
C
B
72
MLEVP0068QSTZ
AC
DJ
73
DHAI-0370QSPZ
AF
DS
74
GCAB-0143QSZZ
BA
FX
75
PSHEZ0392QSZ1
AB
DJ
79
TLABZ5059FCZZ
AB
DJ
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
21
23
40
61
68
DESCRIPTION
(Except Japan)
(Japan)
Ozone filter
Delivery cover
Left cabinet
(Japan)
Left cabinet
[Missing parts code](Except Japan)
Front cabinet right
A2R
Front cabinet
(Germany,Switzerland,East Europe) PO
WEEE mark label [Germany,Switzerland,East Europe,
Europe,U.kingdom,AR-5726/5731] WEEE
R cabinet sheet
R cabinet sheet
Fan cover
Screw(310)
Photo sensor(GP1S73P)
B
BM link label
[MX-M260FP/M310FP] BM
TR No.
Effective
time
09/10 R/C
1st lot
1st lot
1st lot
1st lot
09/08 Mid
09/11
Update : 2009/11/16
2 2(Exteriors 2)
54
37 52
50
9 7
3
37
53
40
3
37
19
39
17
3
3
21
75
12
11
44
18
7
63
7
74
14
15
14
73
66
7
71
72
24
69
61
70
3
7
16
65
79
13
15
49
23
67
68
26
25
10
7
27
PRP03902
5
Update : 2009/11/16
1
2
3
PARTS CODE
PSHEZ0646QSPZ
XEBS730P08000
DHAI-0503QSPZ
AE
AC
AE
DJ
DD
DS
C
C
C
CPWBX0211QSF2
BR
LX
CPWBX0211QSF4
CPWBX0211QSF5
BR
BR
LX
LX
E
E
CPWBX0211QSF7
BR
LX
CPWBX0211QSF3
MSPRP3009FCZZ
LHLDZ0119QSZZ
VVL81HB1T03-A
LHLDZ0118QSZZ
PSHEZ5764FCZZ
HPNLH0264FCZZ
BR
AD
AK
BV
AL
AC
BF
LX
DJ
EB
RB
EB
DJ
GN
E
C
C
B
C
C
B
CPNLC0072QS05
AX
FG
AX
FG
DESCRIPTION
TR No.
KEY
11
CPNLC0072QS03
14
CPNLC0072QS04
PLNS-0016QSZZ
AX
AD
FG
DJ
C
B
CPNLC0070QS02
AR
EQ
CPNLC0070QS01
JBTN-0071QSA1
CBTN-0290FC01
CBTN-0292FC03
PFILW0319FCZZ
PLNS-0105FCZZ
CBTN-0291FC02
CBTN-0291FC01
JBTN-0284FCAZ
CPWBF0234QSE2
CPWBF0234QSE1
CPWBF0234QSE3
LDAIU0037QSZZ
QCNW-0249FCPZ
LDAIU0038QSZZ
LDAIU0038QSZ1
XEBS740P10000
LPLTP0499QSZZ
LPLTP0498QSZZ
CPNLH0073QS01
CPNLH0073QS02
CPNLH0073QS03
CPNLH0073QS04
CPNLH0073QS22
CPNLH0073QS23
CHLDZ0118RS51
(Unit)
AT
AR
AK
AR
AK
AC
AG
AG
AR
AX
AZ
AY
AS
AZ
AQ
AQ
AA
AD
AE
AZ
AP
AP
AS
AN
AZ
BX
EZ
EQ
DX
EQ
EB
DJ
DX
DX
EQ
FG
FX
FQ
EZ
FQ
EQ
EQ
DD
DJ
DJ
FQ
EQ
EQ
EQ
EQ
FX
RR
C
C
C
C
C
B
C
C
C
E
E
E
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
E
AS
B J
FAX
A8.1EX
A8.1J
CA EX
CA J
KEY
KEY
KEY
A
LCD-FFC P2
B
B
LCD
CPNLC0070RS51
CC
UB
CPNLC0070RS53
CPNLC0070RS52
CPNLC0070RS54
CC
CC
CC
UB
UB
UB
E
E
E
5
6
7
8
9
10
15
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
501
901
Effective
time
OPU
OPU
OPU
OPU
OPU
LCD
LCD B
LCD
LCD
8.1
B EX
1st lot
09/08 mid
1st lot
Update : 2009/11/16
901
28
2
2
3
29
2
2
2
29
25
6
2
24
20
22
23
7
2
27
30
19
21
18
2
2
2
9
10
15
14
26
2
31
11
32
PRP03903
501
7
Update : 2009/10/16
4 (Frame section)
NO.
PARTS CODE
1
2
3
4
5
LPLTM0163QSZZ
XHBS730P08000
LPLTM0232QSZ2
CFRM-0043QS03
XEBS740P10000
CPLTM0529QS01
DESCRIPTION
TR No.
AK
AB
AU
AX
AA
EB
DD
EQ
FQ
DD
C
C
C
D
C
AG
DS
PSHEZ0507QSZZ
AA
DJ
NPLYZ0036QSZZ
AD
DJ
11
14
15
16
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
40
41
LDAI-0023QSTE
LHLDW1757FCPZ
XHBS740P10000
LPLTM0333QSZ2
XRESP40-06000
NBLTT0026QSZZ
LPLTM0165QSZ3
PCOVP0110QSZ1
LPLTM0166QSZZ
CFRM-0044QS03
LPLTM0251QSZ1
NSFTZ0048QSPZ
NKOM-0005QSZZ
XBPS730P08KS0
XHBS730P06000
LANGF0012QSZZ
XBBS740P06000
PSHEZ0333QSZZ
PSHEZ0325QSZZ
BG
AC
AA
AX
AA
AF
AS
AE
AC
BB
AE
AF
AC
AB
AC
AF
AA
AC
AB
GT
DJ
DD
FG
DD
DS
EZ
DJ
DJ
FX
DS
DS
DJ
DD
DD
DS
DD
DJ
DJ
D
C
C
C
C
B
C
D
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
42
CPLTM0342QS01
AH
DX
Base plate
Wire saddle(HL-18-0)
Screw(410)
Frame reinforce plate F
E type ring(E4)
DUP drive belt
Front reinforce plate
Interlock cover
Front support adjusting plate
Right frame unit
PS earth plate
Cassette collar shaft
Cassette guide collar
Screw(38KS)
Screw(36)
Right reinforce angle
Screw(46)
PS front sheet
Frame lower sheet
DU motor fixing plate ASSY
43
NGERH0174QSZ1
AD
DJ
44
RMOTS0056QSP1
BD
GJ
45
NBLTT0038QSZZ
AF
DS
46
LPLTM0332QSZZ
AE
DJ
47
LPLTM0495QSZZ
AE
DJ
48
55
56
61
XEBS740P12000
PMLT-0091QSZ1
PGSK-0044QSPZ
NPLYZ0015QSZZ
AA
AD
AH
AC
DD
DJ
DX
DJ
C
C
C
C
62
MSPRC1315FCZ1
AD
DJ
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
NGERH0066QSZZ
PSHEZ0432QSZZ
LBSHC0009QSPZ
LHLDW1009ACZZ
PSHEZ0448QSZZ
NFANP0020QSPZ
XBPS730P30KS0
AD
AA
AC
AA
AA
AP
AC
DJ
DJ
DJ
DD
DJ
EQ
DD
C
C
C
C
C
B
C
70
CPLTM0530QS01
AF
DS
1 way gear(17T)
PS front sheet 2
Edge bush(CE-012 L15)
Clamp(UAMS-05S-2)
Optical bottom sheet And
Fan motor ANR2
Screw(330KS)
DUP drive rotation plate And2 Ref [Missing parts code]
(Japan)
(Japan)
71
MSPRT0147QSZZ
AC
DJ
72
LX-BZ0852FCZZ
AC
DD
Step screw
R
RL
DUP
And2 Ref
N
DUP
TLPD
F
E
DUP
PS
PS
DU
DUP
TLPD
DUP
DUP
TL
And2 Ref
A
OP
A
1
PS 2
And
ANR2
DUP
And2 Ref
Effective
time
1st lot
1st lot
Update : 2009/10/16
4 (Frame section)
15
56
3
1
2
5
68
15
2
42 44
5
15
14
67
20
69 16
5
67
15
47
15 29
46
5
5
26
25
15
15
48
18
45
64
22
27
40
23
28
65
11
66
24
15
43
55
30
2
5
6
64
5
71
21
2
41
7 9
19
7
72
18
70
7 72
61
18
63
62
PRP03904
9
Update : 2009/11/16
5 (Lamp unit)
NO.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
14
15
16
17
901
PARTS CODE
PREFL0004QSZZ
RLMPU0012QSZZ
LHLDZ0047QSZ3
MSLI-0138FCZZ
PCUSU0203FCZZ
MSPRP0145QSZZ
PMIR-0009QSZZ
DUNTK0034QSP3
DHAI-0200QSZZ
LFIX-0009QSZZ
PCUSS0033QSZZ
XEBS830P06000
LPLTM4715FCZ1
TCAUH0933FCZZ
XEPS830P06K00
XEPS830P08K00
(Unit)
CREFL0004QS38
DESCRIPTION
TR No.
Effective
time
AP
BG
AW
AC
AE
AF
AS
BK
AS
AF
AC
AB
AF
AB
AC
AC
EQ
GT
FG
DJ
DS
DS
EQ
HC
EZ
DS
DJ
DD
DS
DD
DD
DD
B
B
C
C
C
C
B
E
C
D
C
C
C
D
C
C
Reflector
Lamp
Base
Slider
Protection cushion
Mirror spring
1st mirror
Inverter unit
CL harness
Harness fixing
Mirror cushion
Screw(36)
Wire fixing plate F
High temperature caution label
Screw(36K)
Screw(38K)
1st
CL
1st lot
1st lot
BR
MJ
1st lot
Update : 2009/11/16
5 (Lamp unit)
16
1
16
4
2
3
17
5
4
14
6
7
12
12
9
15
8
12
10
12
11
5
6
4
14
12
12
PRP03905
12
10
11
Update : 2009/11/16
6 1(Optical frame 1)
NO.
PARTS CODE
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
PWIR-0006QSPZ
CDAIU0012QS15
NPLYZ0016QSZZ
NPLYZ0006QSZ1
XRESP40-05000
PWIR-0005QSP1
CMIR-0008QS36
CREFL0004QS38
XBPS740P06K00
LHLDZ0056QSZZ
LX-BZ0004QSPZ
LRALM0007QSZ1
LRALM0006QSZZ
XBPS730P05K00
RMOTP0027QSZZ
MSPRC0040QSZZ
CPLTM0084QS02
PGUMS0002QSPZ
XBPS740P16KS0
PGUMS0004QSZZ
XRESP50-06000
NBRGP0012QSZZ
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
DESCRIPTION
AZ
BG
AF
AD
AA
AZ
BB
BR
AA
AC
AB
AG
AG
AA
BG
AB
AK
AL
AB
AA
AA
AC
FQ
GT
DS
DJ
DD
FQ
GD
MJ
DD
DJ
DD
DS
DS
DD
GT
DJ
DX
EB
DD
DJ
DD
DJ
C
C
C
C
C
C
E
E
C
C
C
C
C
C
B
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
NPLYZ0004QSZZ
AG
DX
NPLYZ0031QSZZ
LX-BZ0049FCPZ
XPSSJ30-12000
NSFTZ0028QSZ1
LX-BZ0324FCPZ
NBLTT0002QSZZ
AL
AB
AB
AS
AA
AH
EB
DD
DD
EQ
DD
DX
C
C
C
C
C
B
30
NGERH0027QSZZ
AH
DX
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
LX-WZ0119FCP1
XRESP70-08000
NBRGP0011QSZZ
LX-BZ0082QSPZ
PGIDM0108QST1
XHBS730P08000
PGIDM0109QST1
LPLTM0497QSZZ
AC
AA
AC
AA
AG
AB
AG
AG
DD
DD
DJ
DD
DX
DD
DX
DS
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
39
LANGF0021QSZZ
AF
DS
Washer
E type ring(E7)
Winder bearing F
Screw(38)
Hinge guide L
Screw(38)
Hinge guide R
Panel support plate LN
Panel reinforce angle R
40
XHBS740P10000
AA
DD
Screw(410)
MB wire F
Optical base plate
Pulley
L pulley
E type ring(E4)
MB wire R
2/3 mirror unit
Copy lamp unit
Screw(46K)
Wire holder
Screw
MB-B rail R
MB-B rail F
Screw(35K)
Mirror motor
MB drive spring
Mirror motor fixing plate
Protection rubber
Screw(416KS)
Table glass cushion
E type ring(E5)
Winder bearing R
Winder drive shaft pulley
Winder pulley
Screw
Spring pin(3-12)
Winder drive shaft
Screw
Winder drive belt
Mirror motor idle gear
11
MB F
L
E
MB R
2/3
[Missing parts code]
MB-B R
MB-B F
MB
E
R
E
F
R
LN
TR No.
Effective
time
1st lot
Update : 2009/11/16
6 1(Optical frame 1)
3
4
36
34
5
7
5
3 4
34
9
10
36
35
37
16
19
11
8
9
14
2
10
18
15
11
20
17
36
13
18
12
1
38
32
11
31
30 29
28
23
24
26
11
36
25
32
40
19
21
22
40
33
39
28
24
25
12
27
PRP03906
13
Update : 2009/11/16
7 2(Optical frame 2)
NO.
PARTS CODE
DESCRIPTION
19
20
PCOVP0075QSZZ
XNES730-24000
VHPGP2D03//-18
VHPGP2D07//-18
DHAI-0347QSPZ
DHAI-0346QSPZ
LHLDW1009ACZZ
XBBS830P08000
CPWBF0083QSE5
CDAIU0012QS15
PGUMS0004QSZZ
XHBS730P06000
VHPGP2D032/-18
RSNSZ0001QSPZ
XBPS730P08X00
LPLTP0230QSZZ
VHPGP1S73P+-18
MSPRD0232QSZZ
MLEVP0077QSZZ
LCRA-0002QSZZ
TLABH0461QSZZ
TLABH0267QSZZ
LHLDZ0104QSZZ
PSHEZ0218QSZZ
AE
AA
AZ
BA
AN
AP
AA
AA
AU
BG
AA
AC
BA
BA
AA
AF
AF
AB
AC
AC
AG
AD
AD
AC
DS
DD
FX
FX
EQ
EQ
DD
DD
EZ
GT
DJ
DD
FX
FX
DD
DS
DS
DJ
DJ
DJ
DS
DJ
DJ
DJ
D
C
B
B
C
C
C
C
E
C
C
C
B
B
C
C
B
C
C
C
D
D
C
C
21
PSHEZ0217QSZZ
AC
DJ
22
24
26
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
PSHEZ0448QSZZ
PCASZ0010QSZZ
RCORF0002QSZZ
CLNS-0003RS55
LX-BZ0004QSPZ
DHAI-0345QSZZ
PSHEZ0108QSZZ
PSHEZ0219QSZZ
LX-BZ0031GCPZ
PSHEZ0254QSZZ
AA
AL
AE
BP
AB
AG
AC
AC
AB
AC
DJ
EB
DS
LE
DD
DX
DJ
DJ
DD
DJ
C
C
C
E
C
C
C
C
C
C
38
PSHEZ0273QSZZ
AB
DJ
39
40
41
PGSK-0008QSPZ
XWHS740-08100
PMLT-0094QSZZ
AF
AA
AC
DS
DD
DJ
C
C
C
42
PSHEZ0443QSZZ
AC
DJ
43
PSHEZ0420QSZZ
AC
DJ
44
PTPE-0051QSZZ
AC
DJ
45
PSHEZ0426QSZZ
AB
DJ
46
PTPE-0063QSZZ
AD
DJ
48
49
50
DHAI-0610QSP1
PTPE-0050QSZZ
PSHEZ0665QSZZ
BF
AA
AC
GN
DJ
DJ
C
C
C
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
Harness cover
Nut(M3)
Photo sensor(GP2D03)
Photo sensor(GP2D07)
Optical sensor harness
Optical sensor harness
Clamp(UAMS-05S-2)
Screw(38)
Sensor PWB
Optical base plate
Table glass cushion
Screw(36)
Photo sensor(GP2D032)
Photo sensor(GP2D071)
Screw(38X)
Open/close sensor fixing plate
Photo sensor(GP1S73P)
Return spring
Open/Close actuator
Mini clamp
Clean caution label
Clean caution label
CL lead holder
Edge protect sheet A
CCD harness protect sheet B
(Inch
(AB
(Inch
(AB
TR No.
Series)
Series)
Series)
Series)
(Inch Series)
(AB Series)
(U.S.A,Canada)
(Japan)
13
(AB Series)
[Missing parts code]
(Japan)
CL
A
CCD
B
And
CCD
A
B
C
CCD
A
ORG
OP
F
OP
OP
OP
B
OP
A2
FFC
Effective
time
1st lot
Update : 2009/11/16
7 2(Optical frame 2)
10 AB
Series
11
4
Inch
Series
6
7
Inch
Series
10
15
12
11
12
43
20
3
9
34
41
31
32
21
19
5
9
39
17
39
45
10
24
10
3
9
48
13
2
AB
Series
16
14
18
50
33
40 9
33
26
29
30
49
22
42
46
22
22
38
22
48
14
28
44
PRP03907
15
Update : 2009/11/16
PARTS CODE
DESCRIPTION
1
2
5
6
7
DUNTK0616RSZZ
XEPS730P14X00
MARMP0025QSZZ
XEBS730P10000
CHAI-0356RS51
BV
AB
AD
AC
AL
NU
DD
DJ
DD
EB
E
C
C
C
C
CHAI-0603RS51
AN
EQ
9
10
LHLDZ0057QSZ1
DHAI-0506QSPZ
AH
AQ
DX
EQ
C
C
11
MSPRD0190QSZ2
AD
DJ
12
MSPRD0191QSZ2
AD
DJ
13
MSPRD0192QSZ2
AD
DJ
14
DHAI-0606QSPZ
BT
MW
15
LX-BZ0020QSPZ
AB
DD
16
LPLTM0424QSZZ
AD
DJ
Step screw
CRUM connector fixing plate
18
19
XRESP50-06000
PCLC-0030QSZZ
AA
AQ
DD
EQ
C
B
20
DHAI-0590QSPZ
BT
NE
27
28
29
XBBS730P05000
LHLDZ0085QSZZ
LPLTM0248QSZ1
NROLR0089QSZ3
NROLR0135QSZ2
NBRGC0018QSZZ
PCOVP0062QSZZ
LSTPP0010QSZZ
MSPRC0220QSZZ
MLEVP0071QSZZ
CSW-M0007RS56
LHLDZ0065QSZ1
MSPRT0221QSZZ
JKNBZ0006QSZZ
XBPS730P08KS0
XBPSC30P06ES0
LFRM-0037QSZ6
XRESP60-08000
RMOTD0023QSZZ
MSPRC0024QSZ1
NCPL-0011QSZZ
RPLU-0024QSZZ
RPLU-0024QSPZ
MSPRC1318FCZ1
LPINS0025QSZZ
LPINS0026QSZZ
LPINS0028QSZZ
XEBS740P10000
XEBS730P06000
DHAI-0354QSPZ
DHAI-0605QSPZ
MSPRC0271QSZZ
XEPS723P12000
PSHEZ0394QSZ1
QSW-B0017QSZZ
AA
AE
AD
AY
AZ
AD
AD
AD
AB
AD
AP
AF
AB
AD
AB
AA
BA
AA
AZ
AC
AC
AM
AM
AA
AC
AC
AD
AA
AA
AG
BS
AC
AA
AB
AF
DD
DJ
DJ
FQ
FQ
DJ
DJ
DJ
DJ
DJ
EQ
DS
DJ
DJ
DD
DD
GD
DD
FX
DJ
DJ
EG
EG
DJ
DJ
DJ
DJ
DD
DD
DS
MW
DJ
DD
DJ
DS
C
C
C
C
C
C
D
C
C
C
B
C
C
D
C
C
D
C
B
C
C
B
B
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
B
CPLTM0160RS59
BH
HC
CPLTM0160RS60
BH
HC
70
PSPAZ0041QSZZ
AA
DJ
74
PMLT-0120QSZ1
AL
EB
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
PMLT-0116QSZZ
PMLT-0117QSZZ
PCOVP0108QSZ1
XHBS730P08000
XHBS730P20000
NFANP0081FCZZ
LPLTM0392QSZZ
QCNCM1000FCPZ
LBNDJ0071FCZZ
PTPE-0062QSZZ
XEBS740P12000
XEPS730P14X00
PCOVP0109QSZZ
PMLT-0118QSZ1
PMLT-0148QSZZ
AE
AD
AK
AB
AB
BA
AK
AC
AC
AD
AA
AB
AN
AC
AB
DJ
DJ
DX
DD
DD
FX
DX
DJ
DJ
DJ
DD
DD
EG
DJ
DJ
C
C
C
C
C
B
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
39
40
41
42
43
44
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
63
64
65
66
67
E type ring(E5)
PS clutch
AN2R DV interface harness TW
Screw(35)
TR terminal holder
TR terminal plate
PS transport roller Ref
(Except Japan)
PS transport roller Ref
(Japan)
Bearing
ILSW cover
Right door stopper
Stopper spring
ILSW lever
Interlock switch
ILSW holder
ILSW spring
PS knob
Screw(38KS)
Screw(36ES)
Middle frame
E type ring(E6)
Toner motor
Hopper spring
Hopper coupling
Pawl solenoid
Pawl solenoid
Manual paper feed spring B
TN guide pin A
(Inch series,AB Series agency)
TN guide pin B (Except Inch series,AB Series agency)
TN guide pin C
(Japan)
Screw(410)
Screw(36)
TC harness
DHV harness
[Missing parts code]
Earth spring
Screw(312)
Solenoid sound proof sheet
Tray detect switch
Drive unit
[MX-M260/M260N/M260FG/M260FP,AR-5726]
Drive unit
[MX-M310/M310N/M310FG/M310FP,AR-5731]
Solenoid spacer
Fusing cushion A
[MX-M310/M310N/M310FG/M310FP,AR-5731]
Fan cover cushion L
Fan cover cushion R
Fan cover
Screw
LSU cooling fan screw(320)
LSU cooling fan
Fan plate
Interface connector(BU03P-TR-PH)
Cable band(RSG-100)
Fan plate tape
Screw(412)
Screw(314X)
LSU cover
LSU cover cushion L
LSU cover cushion R
15
TR No.
LSU
MC
GRID-MCFB
B
LSU
L
AN2R ILSW
CRUM
E
PS
AN2R DV
TW
TR
TR
PS Ref
PS Ref
ILSW
ILSW
ILSW
ILSW
PS
B
TN A
TN B
TN C
TC
DHV
A
L
R
LSU
LSU
FAN
LSU
LSU L
LSU R
Effective
time
1st lot
1st lot
09/09
1st lot
Update : 2009/11/16
PARTS CODE
NO.
DESCRIPTION
91
PCOVP0143QSZZ
AH
DX
92
PDUC-0010QSZZ
AH
DX
93
DHAI-0609QSPZ
AK
DX
101
RMOTN0055QSPZ
BL
HG
Effective
time
TR No.
AN2R PS
88
83
87
86
85
82
79
82
80
81
76
79
75
80
MX-M310,MX-M310N
MX-M310FG/FP
AR-5731
84
2
101
91
78
84
2
10
78
77
47
20
48
49
16
92
52 53
70 5
11
42
20
53 15
93
53
13
63
50
51
19
12
18
65
53
28
37
67
66
74
35
44
31
55
29
54
28
31
27
36
6
64
39
41
40
43
44
56
32
6
30
34
16
29
54
33
14
PRP03908
17
Update : 2009/10/16
PARTS CODE
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
LPLTP0159QSZZ
LHLDW1226FCZZ
LPLTM0179QSZ1
PSHEZ0274QSZZ
GCASP0006QSZZ
PGIDM0070QSZ1
PTPE-0021QSZ1
LPLTM0181QSZ1
PGIDM0071QSZZ
LX-BZ1144FCPZ
NGERH0193FCZZ
12
DESCRIPTION
AD
AB
AR
AC
BA
AM
AA
AB
AL
AA
AB
DJ
DJ
EQ
DJ
FX
EG
DJ
DJ
EB
DD
DD
C
C
C
C
D
D
C
C
D
C
C
MSPRC2631FCZZ
AC
DJ
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
MLEVP0755FCZ1
LX-BZ0833FCPZ
PSHEZ0244QSZ2
XRESP70-08000
NGERH0108QSZZ
MSPRC0354QSZZ
NSFTZ0047QSZ1
LPLTM0180QSZ1
NBRGP0041GCZZ
XEBS740P10000
AE
AC
AC
AA
AD
AC
AK
AE
AD
AA
DJ
DD
DJ
DD
DJ
DJ
EB
DS
DJ
DD
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
23
GCOV-0282FCZZ
AH
DX
24
25
27
28
29
31
XBPS740P08KS0
PSHEZ5948FCZZ
LPLTM0277QSZZ
JHNDP0013QSZZ
XEBS730P08000
TCADZ0549QSZZ
TCADZ0550QSZZ
TCADZ0551QSZZ
TLABZ0335QSZZ
AB
AD
AC
AT
AC
AE
AE
AE
AD
DD
DJ
DJ
EZ
DD
DS
DS
DS
DJ
C
C
C
C
C
D
D
D
D
501
CCASP0006RS79
BF
GN
Screw(48KS)
Cassette handle sheet P2
Side plate guide R
Cassette panel AN2R
Screw(38)
Size display card
[Missing parts code](Inch Series)
Size display label
(AB Series except Japan)
Size display label
(Japan)
Paper seal label
(Japan)
2nd 550 cassette unit[Missing parts code]
BH
GX
30
TR No.
550
F
GID
F
R
UC
P2
P2
R
AN2R
J
2nd 550
(Unit)
901
CCASP0006RS59
17
550
(No.30 )
Effective
time
1st lot
1st lot
1st lot
Update : 2009/10/16
501
8
6
7
9
10
4
11
11
13
12
22
7
27
14
31
22
15
17
18
22
22
23
21
19
30
20
29
25
28
PRP03909
18
24
16
19
Update : 2009/10/16
DESCRIPTION
1
2
3
XEBS730P10000
CPWBF0081QSE2
MLEVP0064QSZZ
AC
AP
AD
DD
EQ
DJ
C
E
C
MLEVP0063QSZ1
AD
DJ
MLEVP0056QSZZ
AC
DJ
MSPRD0201QSZZ
AC
DJ
9
10
11
13
14
15
16
17
PCOVP0064QSZZ
RPLU-0026QSZ1
RPLU-0026QSP1
MARMP0026QSZZ
NROLR0133QSZZ
MARMP0019QSZZ
NGERH0990FCZZ
NROLR0132QSZ1
MARMP0021QSZZ
LPIN-0026MCZZ
NGERH0107QSZZ
AD
AR
AR
AD
AM
AD
AB
AR
AD
AA
AD
DJ
EQ
EQ
DJ
EG
DJ
DJ
EQ
DJ
DD
DJ
D
B
B
C
A
C
C
C
C
C
C
18
MSPRD0389QSZZ
AC
DJ
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
27
28
29
30
NBRGC0100FCZ1
NGERH0097QSZZ
DHAI-0350QSPZ
QSW-B0017QSZZ
NGERH0156QSZZ
MSPRC0209QSZ1
XRESP40-06000
XRESP50-06000
PCLC-0024QSZZ
NSFTZ0080QSZ1
VHPSG2481++-1
AC
AF
AG
AF
AD
AC
AA
AA
AX
AG
AE
DJ
DS
DX
DS
DJ
DJ
DD
DD
FG
DS
DS
C
C
C
B
C
C
C
C
B
C
B
31
DHAI-0399QSPZ
AF
DS
33
34
35
XEBS730P08000
LPLTP0192QSZZ
RHET-0006QSZZ
AC
AK
AQ
DD
DX
EQ
C
C
B
36
PSHEZ0391QSZ1
AC
DJ
Screw(38)
Dehumidify heater fixing plate
Dehumidify heater
Paper feed solenoid sound proof A
37
PSHEZ0392QSZ1
AB
DJ
38
PSHEZ0393QSZ1
AA
DJ
PARTS CODE
Screw(310)
Cassette sensor PWB
Paper detect actuator
Upper limit detect actuator
P-IN actuator
Paper feed in actuator spring
Solenoid cover
Paper feed solenoid
Paper feed solenoid
Solenoid arm
Pick up roller
Pick up arm F
Gear(16T)
Paper feed roller AND2
Pick up arm R
Spring pin(2-8)
Paper feed gear(20T)
Pick up roller pressure spring
Bearing 6
2nd joint gear
Cassette sensor harness
Tray detect switch
Paper feed clutch gear(42T)
Solenoid spring
E type ring(E4)
E type ring(E5)
Paper feed clutch(42T)
Paper feed roller shaft
Photo sensor(SG2481)
Manual paper feed empty harness
19
TR No.
P-IN
AND2
R
6
2nd
E
E
(Japan)
(Japan)
Effective
time
09/09
Update : 2009/10/16
10
19
18
13
2
8
38
21
16
17
14
9
11
36
24
20
29
5
6
25
22
27 23
28
19
37
30
31
PRP03910
20
21
Update : 2009/11/16
PARTS CODE
1
2
XEBS740P12000
PCOVP0053QSZ6
AA
AK
DD
EB
C
D
MSPRD0194QSZ1
AD
DJ
4
5
6
7
8
9
MSPRC0291QSZZ
NSFTZ0065QSZ1
NKOM-0006QSZZ
PSHEZ0133QSZZ
XEBS740P10000
PGIDM0067QST1
AC
AD
AC
AD
AA
AP
DJ
DJ
DJ
DJ
DD
EQ
C
C
C
C
C
C
10
MSPRD0233QSZ1
AC
DJ
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
MLEVP0023QSZZ
MLEVP0044QSZZ
LPLTP0348QSZZ
MSPRC0301QSZZ
PFTA-0019QSZZ
XEBS730P10000
PSHEZ0242QSZ1
LRALP0008QSZ2
VHPGP1S73P+-18
DHAI-0398QSPZ
AE
AE
AC
AD
AE
AC
AH
AN
AF
AE
DS
DS
DJ
DJ
DS
DD
DX
EG
DS
DS
C
C
C
C
D
C
C
C
B
C
21
MSPRD0202QSZZ
AB
DJ
22
MLEVP0057QSZZ
AC
DJ
23
24
25
PSHEZ0515QSZZ
LPLTP0409QSZZ
PCOVP0088QSZ1
AG
AC
AD
DX
DJ
DJ
A
C
D
26
MSPRC0270QSZZ
AB
DJ
27
28
29
33
34
36
37
38
NKOM-0005QSZZ
NSFTZ0048QSPZ
XBPS730P08KS0
PSHEZ0301QSZZ
PSHEZ0302QSZZ
PSHEZ0463QSZZ
PSPO-0026QSZZ
LHLDZ0094QSZZ
AC
AF
AB
AC
AC
AD
AA
AC
DJ
DS
DD
DJ
DJ
DJ
DJ
DJ
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
39
MSPRC0292QSZZ
AC
DJ
40
MSPRD0287QSZZ
AC
DJ
41
42
NROLP0087QSZZ
NSFTZ0101QSZZ
AD
AC
DJ
DJ
C
C
43
PSHEZ0314QSZ2
AF
DS
44
LBRC-0012QSZZ
AD
DJ
45
46
NKOM-0011QSZZ
NSFTZ0101QSZZ
AC
AC
DJ
DJ
C
C
47
MSPRD0340QSZZ
AC
DJ
48
51
52
53
54
XEBS730P08000
LPLTM0396QSZ1
LX-WZ0064FCZZ
PGIDM0186QSZZ
LPLTM6022FCZZ
AC
AD
AA
AK
AC
DD
DJ
DD
DX
DJ
C
C
C
D
C
501
CGIDM0067RS56
AX
FG
502
CCOVP0053RS55
AS
EZ
503
504
CCOVP0088RS56
CPLTP0409RS51
AN
AN
EQ
EG
E
E
DESCRIPTION
PS
LP
PS pressure spring
PS
PS sub shaft
PS
PS collar(13.5)
PS
Paper feed sheet
Screw(410)
MF actuator spring
MF
MF actuator
MF
MF actuator 2
MF 2
Separator plate
Screw(310)
Separator sheet
Screw(38KS)
MF ACT cushion
MF ACT
PS pressure holder
PS
PS follower connect spring
PS
N
Manual paper feed sub collar bracket
SP
Screw(38)
Push nut(M3)
Cover guide
M4 plate N
M4 N
Base plate paper feed guide unit [Missing parts code]
TR No.
Effective
time
Screw(412)
Middle frame cover
PS earth spring LP
21
1st lot
1st lot
1st lot
Update : 2009/11/16
48 53
48
1
43
54
36
502
501
1
5
11
4
4 39
38
10
48 17
44
14
38
46
15
45
47
12
37
13
20
19
16
34
33
21
22
18
41
42
40
28
23
27
29
51 24
52
26
25
504
40
503
16
PRP03911
22
23
Update : 2009/11/16
PARTS CODE
1
2
3
4
MLEVP0058QSTZ
GDOR-0002QSTD
XRESP40-06000
LBSHZ0303FCZZ
DESCRIPTION
AD
AV
AA
AC
DJ
FG
DD
DJ
C
D
C
C
NGERH0074QSZZ
AD
DJ
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
LPINS0133FCZZ
PTME-0020QSZ1
MSPRD0222QSZZ
MARMP0043QSZZ
NSFTZ0055QSZ3
XRESP30-06000
NROLP0036QSZZ
XPSSJ20-07000
AA
AC
AC
AC
AH
AA
AP
AA
DD
DJ
DJ
DJ
DX
DD
EQ
DD
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
14
MSPRT0279QSZ1
AC
DJ
15
17
18
19
NROLP1122FCZZ
LFRM-0040QSZ3
LFRM-0040QSZ4
MSPRC0349QSZZ
MSPRC0348QSZZ
LPLTM0102QSZZ
AF
AS
AS
AD
AD
AD
DS
EQ
EQ
DJ
DJ
DJ
C
D
D
C
C
C
20
LHLDZ0084QSZ1
AE
DS
21
XEBS730P06000
AA
DD
22
MSPRC0296QSZZ
AF
DS
Screw(36)
TR pressure spring R
23
MSPRC0295QSZZ
AF
DS
TR pressure spring F
24
25
27
28
29
XHBS730P10000
XHBS730P16000
XEBS730P10000
LPLTM0090QSZ1
LPLTM0091QSZ1
AD
AA
AC
AE
AE
DD
DD
DD
DJ
DJ
C
C
C
C
C
30
MSPRD0205QSZZ
AE
DS
Screw(310)
Screw(316)
Screw(310)
Inner reinforce plate F
Inner reinforce plate R
TC ground spring
31
32
34
36
38
39
40
LRALP0004QSZ3
LPLTM0363QSZZ
CHLDZ0150RS52
CHLDZ0150RS51
PSHEZ0307QSZ1
PSHEZ0431QSZ1
LX-BZ0084QSPZ
NGERH0243QSZZ
XEBS730P08000
AH
AF
BE
BE
AB
AF
AB
AD
AC
DX
DS
GN
GN
DJ
DS
DD
DJ
DD
C
C
A
A
C
C
C
C
C
41
MSPRC0289QSZZ
AB
DJ
42
MSPRC0280QSZZ
AC
DJ
TC roller spring F
43
44
LSUPP0003QSZ1
PCLR-0014QSZ1
AD
AD
DJ
DJ
C
C
46
PGIDH0093QSZ3
AN
EG
49
LHLDZ0150QSZ1
AK
DX
50
51
52
54
55
56
57
59
LPLTM0365QSZZ
NROLR0159QSZ1
NBRGP0023QSZZ
LPLTM0245QSZ2
LX-BZ1181FCZZ
LPLTM0512QSZZ
LPLTM0247QSZZ
PMLT-0044QSZZ
PMLT-0044QSZZ
PSEL-0163QSZ1
AD
AY
AD
AG
AB
AG
AC
AA
AA
AH
DJ
FQ
DJ
DX
DD
DX
DJ
DJ
DJ
DX
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
60
LHLDZ0151QSZZ
AF
DS
TR electrode plate
Transfer roller AN3
Roller bearing
TR reinforce plate
Screw(36K)
Separate discharge sheet
Separate electrode plate
TR cushion
TR cushion
Transfer cleaner pad
Separate holder And2 Ref
61
PRNGF0107FCZ1
(Unit)
AC
DJ
Star ring
CDOR-0002RS62
BF
GN
CDOR-0002RS63
BF
GN
16
33
58
901
Lock lever
Right door
E type ring(E4)
M bushing C
DUP roller drive gear
Pin(210)
Lock pawl
Lock pawl spring
Lock pawl arm
Lock pawl shaft
E type ring(E3)
DUP transport roller
Spring pin(2-7)
DUP follower spring
PS upper roller
Right door inner
Right door inner
High voltage spring B
High voltage spring A
DUP roller earth plate
TR terminal interface holder
23
E
DUP
DUP
PS
(Except Japan)
(Japan)
B
A
DUP
TR
TR
R
TR
F
F
R
TC
(Except Japan) TC
(Japan) TC
DUP
TC
R REF
TC A2R
TR
And2 Ref
TR
AN3
TR
[MX-M Series] TR
[MX-M Series] TR
And2 Ref
(Except Japan)
(No.33 )
(Japan)
(No.33 )
TR No.
Effective
time
1st lot
09/11 mid
Update : 2009/11/16
12
3
4
27
43
15
4
13
3
15
25
38
16
14
23
14
30
28
27
5
38
25
11
40
24
36
24
31
34
34
11
9
8
10
22
36
19
24
17
34
34
29
20
31
32
40
42
24
52
51
32
21
61
18
52
39
21
44
55
21
44
54
61
61
58
41
61
61
A
61
60 61
56
21
A
57 58
55
46
21
50
24
49 59
33
PRP03912
25
Update : 2009/10/16
PARTS CODE
DESCRIPTION
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
PGIDM0075QSTZ
PGIDM0076QSTZ
XEBS730P08000
LSOU-0024QSTE
PTME-0271FCZZ
MSPRC0250QSZZ
NGERR0140QSZZ
XEPS730P06X00
NGERP1385FCZZ
LHLDZ0066QSZZ
LSOU-0026QSTC
QSW-B0017QSZZ
DHAI-0359QSZZ
14
MSPRP2830FCZZ
AA
DJ
15
LPLTP0234QSZZ
AE
DS
16
MLEVP0035QSE2
AC
DJ
17
18
19
20
22
CPWBF0106QSE4
LSOU-0025QSTC
VHPGP1S73P+-18
LSOU-0027QSTC
XEBS730P06000
(Unit)
CSOU-0024RS65
CSOU-0024RS66
AP
AS
AF
AP
AA
EQ
EQ
DS
EQ
DD
E
D
B
D
C
BF
BF
GN
GN
E
E
901
AE
AE
AC
AS
AD
AC
AD
AA
AF
AD
AP
AF
AP
DJ
DJ
DD
EQ
DJ
DJ
DJ
DD
DS
DJ
EQ
DS
EQ
C
C
C
D
C
C
C
C
C
C
D
B
C
MB side guide F
MB side guide R
Screw(38)
Manual paper feed tray 1 upper
Tray lock pawl
Tray lock spring
Width detect rack
Screw(36X)
Width detect pinion
Harness holder
Manual paper feed tray 2 upper
Tray detect switch
Manual paper feed unit harness
Width detect plate spring
25
VR
[Missing parts code] 1
(Except Japan)
(Japan)
TR No.
Effective
time
1st lot
1st lot
1st lot
1st lot
Update : 2009/10/16
4
1
10
11
12
12
5
9
3
14
7
A
16
A
15
13
17
19
16
22
19
3
20
3
18
22
22
26
22
PRP03913
27
Update : 2009/10/16
PARTS CODE
DESCRIPTION
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
PCOVP0107QSTF
XEBS730P10000
PSHEZ0099QSZZ
NROLR0922FCZ2
NGERH0223QSZZ
XPSSJ20-07000
NGERH0061QSZZ
MARMP0009QSZ1
MSPRT0351QSZZ
NROLR1267FCZ1
NSFTZ0096QSZ1
XRESP40-06000
LBSHZ0303FCZZ
LBOSZ0150QSZZ
AL
AC
AC
AR
AC
AA
AD
AF
AC
AH
AF
AA
AC
AE
EB
DD
DJ
ZZ
DJ
DD
DJ
DS
DJ
DX
DS
DD
DJ
DS
D
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
15
MSPRC1315FCZ1
AD
DJ
16
PPIPP0109FCZ1
AC
DJ
17
18
19
LBOSZ0199QSZZ
MARMP0041QSZZ
MARMP0006QSZZ
AE
AE
AD
DS
DS
DJ
C
C
C
20
MSPRD0347QSZZ
AD
DJ
Cam boss A1
Cam transmission arm
Fulcrum arm
Stopper arm spring
21
MCAMP0003QSZZ
AD
DJ
22
MSPRC1316FCZ1
AE
DS
23
25
26
PPIPP0014QSZZ
NSFTZ0017QSP1
NGERH0972FCZZ
AC
AD
AB
DJ
DJ
DJ
C
C
C
27
CPLTM0345QS01
AG
DX
29
30
31
XEBS730P08000
PTME-0178FCZ1
MSPRC2175FCZZ
AC
AC
AA
DD
DJ
DJ
C
C
C
RPLU-0028QSZZ
AM
EG
Screw(38)
Manual paper feed pawl A
Pawl A spring
Multi field solenoid
AM
EG
32
RPLU-0028QSPZ
Drive cam
Manual paper feed clutch spring B
Cam clutch sleeve
Manual paper feed cum shaft
Gear(27T)
Paper feed connect plate TLPD
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
MSPRC1318FCZ1
PTME-0179FCZZ
XBBS730P10000
MARMP0027QSZ1
LFRM-0048QSTH
MARMP0008QSZZ
LPLTP0056QSZ3
XEPS730P06X00
XEBS730P10000
PSHEZ0241QSZZ
LBNDJ0013FCZ1
NSFTZ0090QSZZ
AA
AC
AA
AE
AS
AH
AD
AA
AC
AB
AE
AG
DJ
DD
DD
DJ
EQ
DX
DJ
DD
DD
DJ
DJ
DX
C
C
C
C
D
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
45
MSPRD0302QSZZ
AC
DJ
Manual paper
Manual paper
Screw(310)
Manual paper
Multi frame
Stopper arm
Stopper plate
Screw(36X)
Screw(310)
Manual paper
Band
Roller shaft R
Manual paper
46
MSPRD0329QSZZ
AC
DJ
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
NCPL-0012QSZZ
CPWBF0083QSE5
DHAI-0360QSPZ
MLEVP0104QSZZ
LBSHZ0006QSZZ
LSTPP0011QSZZ
LX-WZ0011QSZZ
(Unit)
AD
AU
AE
AD
AC
AC
AB
DJ
EZ
DJ
DJ
DJ
DJ
DD
C
E
C
C
C
C
C
901
CFRM-0048RS55
BE
GN
feed spring B
feed pawl B
feed tray arm
27
TR No.
N1
F N
E
M C
A2 N
A
A1
TLPD
A
A
B
B
R N
ACT
DUP2
M 2
E
(No.36,40,41,43
)
Effective
time
09/09
Update : 2009/10/16
11
17
51
14 6
12
12
43
15
29 13
13
16
44
52
29
29
53
45
9
46
18
48
23
25
17
12
32
30
42
6
27
22
20
26
21
29
50
19
47
33
31
5
41
10
49
34
7
40
35
37
41
36
40
36
38
39
PRP03914
28
29
Update : 2009/11/16
K DV (DV unit)
NO.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
501
901
PARTS CODE
LHLDZ0142QSZZ
PFILD0313FCZZ
XEBS730P08000
PGIDM0158QSZZ
PSEL-0162QSZZ
LX-BZ1066FCZZ
PGIDM0159QSZZ
PMLT-0137QSZZ
PMLT-0142QSZZ
PSEL-0964FCZ1
PMLT-0141QSZZ
PMLT-0147QSZZ
LDAIU0033QSZZ
NROLP0150QSZZ
NROLP0149QSZZ
PMLT-0146QSZZ
XEBS730P06000
LHLDZ0132QSZ1
PBOX-0025QSZZ
DHAI-0566QSPZ
XRESP40-06000
NBRGY0769FCZ2
NPLYZ0041QSZZ
LPLTM0194QSZZ
XBPS730P06KS0
NPLYZ0040QSZZ
NBLTH0494FCZZ
PSHEZ0652QSZZ
XBBS730P04000
PSHEZ0651QSZZ
XRESP50-06000
XEBS730P10000
NBRGC0020QSZZ
NGERH1653FCZZ
LX-BZ1143FCPZ
LHLDZ0128QSZZ
MSPRD0395QSZZ
LHLDZ0129QSZZ
PCOVP0122QSZZ
NROLM0151QSZ2
PMLT-0002YSZ1
PSHEP0632QSZZ
LPLTM0002YSZ4
LPLTM0477QSZZ
XBPBZ30P03000
PCOVP0121QSZZ
PCOVP0121QSZ1
XBBBZ30P06000
RDTCM0021QSZZ
XUBUZ30P08000
CHLDZ0142RS51
(Unit)
DUNT-0777RSZZ
DESCRIPTION
AD
AG
AC
AH
AE
AC
AM
AD
AC
AA
AC
AB
AC
AS
AS
AB
AA
AC
AM
AQ
AA
AQ
AC
AC
AB
AC
AD
AA
AA
AA
AA
AC
AH
AC
AD
AC
AC
AC
AF
BT
AC
AB
AR
AK
AB
AE
AE
AC
AY
AA
AN
DJ
DX
DD
DX
DJ
DD
EG
DJ
DJ
DJ
DJ
DJ
DJ
EQ
EQ
DJ
DD
DJ
EG
EQ
DD
EB
DJ
DJ
DD
DJ
DJ
DJ
DD
DJ
DD
DD
DX
DJ
DJ
DJ
DJ
DJ
DS
NE
DJ
DJ
EQ
EB
DD
DJ
DJ
DD
FQ
DD
EG
C
A
C
C
A
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
B
A
C
A
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
D
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
B
C
E
Filter holder
TN filter
Screw(38)
Cartridge guide top
DV blade
Blue screw(36)
Cartridge guide bottom
Pipe cushion N
Pipe cover cushion N
Cover upper seal
DV guide cushion N
DV side cushion R
DV block R
MX roller L
MX roller R
DV side cushion F
Screw(36)
Scraper holder
DV BOX
Toner sensor harness
E ring(E4)
MG bearing
MX pulley
DV box fixing plate
Screw(36KS)
MG pulley
DV belt
DV side sheet F
Screw(34)
DV side sheet R
E ring(E5)
Screw(310)
DMX bearing(F6/14)
DMX gear(24T)
Screw
DV holder F
Bias spring
MG holder
DV cover F
MG roller
DV TH cushion
Doctor cover seal
Doctor reinforce plate
DV doctor
Screw(33)
Doctor cover
Doctor cover
Screw(36)
ATC sensor
Screw(38)
Filter holder unit
BN
HZ
DV unit
29
TR No.
TN
DV
DV N
DV R
DV R
MX L
MX R
DV F
DV
E
MG
MX
MG
DV
DV F
DV R
E
DMX
DMX
DV F
MG
DV F
[Missing parts code] MG
DVTH
DV
ATC
Effective
time
1st lot
1st lot
09/10 R/C
1st lot
Update : 2009/11/16
K DV (DV unit)
501
1
2
3
3
6
8
7
9
6
10
12
11
13
22
23
21
26
24
3
15
27
16
22
19
17
28
18
A
29
31
24
32
33
40
36
42
41
34
44
30
34
32
45
35
37
43
33
45
38
32
32
46
45
47
48
39
3
49
PRP03915
30
21 C
22
14
20
901
25
31
Update : 2009/11/16
L (Process unit)
NO.
PARTS CODE
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
10
11
12
13
XEBS730P08000
PCAPH0022QSZZ
NSRW-0002QSZZ
LPLTM0241QSZZ
MLEVP0065QSZZ
CFRM-0049RS76
NCPL-0003QSZ1
PSEL-0071QSZZ
PSEL-0070QSZZ
PSHT-0014QSZZ
PPIPP0017QSZZ
14
AC
AC
AE
AF
AE
AZ
AC
AF
AF
AC
AE
DD
DJ
DS
DS
DS
FQ
DJ
DS
DS
DJ
DS
C
D
C
C
C
A
C
A
A
C
C
MSPRC0045QSZ1
AC
DJ
15
PSPAZ0696FCZZ
AC
DJ
16
17
18
NGERH0036QSZZ
PCOVP0132QSZZ
NGERH0039QSZZ
LFIX-0015QSZZ
AC
AF
AE
AE
DJ
DS
DS
DJ
C
D
C
C
LFIX-0014QSZZ
AE
DJ
NGERH0037QSZZ
NGERH0038QSZZ
NSFTZ0020QSZ1
NBRGP0299FCPZ
PMLT-0018QSZ1
PTME-0021QSZZ
LX-WZ0329FCPZ
LX-RZ0001QSZZ
MSPRT0214QSZZ
LX-BZ0064QSZZ
MSPRC0213QSZZ
CHLDZ0035RS58
CCLEZ0011QS32
UCLEZ0011QSZ1
XEBS730P10000
PSHEZ0329QSZZ
PTPE-0026QSZ1
LHLDZ0090QSZZ
LX-BZ0406FCPZ
PRNGF0106FCZ2
PRNGP0081FCZ1
PSHEZ0557QSZZ
XBBS730P06000
CPIPP0017RS51
CTME-0021RS51
(Unit)
AC
AC
AL
AD
AC
AK
AB
AB
AB
AA
AB
AW
BD
BR
AC
AC
AA
AC
AA
AC
AB
AC
AC
AN
AK
DJ
DJ
DS
DJ
DJ
DX
DD
DD
DJ
DD
DJ
FG
GN
MJ
DD
DJ
DJ
DJ
DD
DJ
DJ
DJ
DD
EG
EB
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
A
A
A
C
C
C
C
C
A
C
C
C
E
A
BG
GT
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
44
46
501
502
DESCRIPTION
R
F
Drum cover
Transport screw
DV bearing
DV
Transport screw cushion
Separator pawl
Washer
Star ring
Lever spring
Screw(38)
MC holder unit
[Missing parts code] MC
Cleaning brade
Cleaning blade
[Missing parts code]
Screw(310)
Screw tape
Screw(34)
Star ring N2
N2
Resin E ring(E4)
E
DR brake sheet
DR
Screw(36)
Screw(38)
Toner pipe cap
Transport pipe screw
Process reinforce plate
Separator pawl lever
Process frame unit
Screw coupling
Seal R
Seal F
Toner pipe shutter
Toner pipe
Toner pipe spring
CFRM-0049RS5N
TR No.
31
(No.19,44
)
Effective
time
1st lot
1st lot
1st lot
1st lot
Update : 2009/11/16
L (Process unit)
29
29
32
31
29
6
28
7
5
46
36
36
38
12
3
15
501
36
13
36
38
37
38
14
33
17
16
39
30
37
30
26
27
26
27
502
25
23
22
35
44
25
35
34
11
18
21
19
38
10
37
502
33
901
37
20
24
PRP03916
32
33
Update : 2009/10/16
M 1(Fusing unit 1)
NO.
DESCRIPTION
22
23
MARMP0048QSZ2
MLEVP0100QSZZ
MLEVP0101QSZZ
RTHM-0050FCZZ
DHAI-0367QSPZ
LHLDW0086QSZZ
RH-HX0001QSLB
LPLTM0338QSZ1
VHPGP1SQ73P-18
XEBS730P06000
XEBS730P06000
LSTPF0172FCZZ
RLMPU0040QSPZ
RLMPU0041QSPZ
RLMPU0039QSPZ
LHLDZ0139QSZZ
LFRM-0098QSZZ
24
MSPRC0323QSZZ
AC
DJ
25
27
28
29
30
31
32
LPLTM0337QSZ1
NROLM0129QSZZ
NGERH0171QSZZ
NBRGP0025QSZZ
LPLTM0343QSZZ
CPLTM0336QS02
MSPRT0257QSZ1
AC
BB
AR
AN
AB
AR
AC
DJ
FX
EQ
EQ
DJ
EQ
DJ
C
A
A
A
C
A
C
33
MSPRD0322QSZZ
AC
DJ
34
MLEVP0099QSZ1
AF
DS
35
36
37
38
PGIDM0113QSZZ
PTME-0282FCZ2
LX-WZ0006QSZZ
PTME-0024QSZ2
AT
AH
AC
AN
EZ
DX
DD
EQ
C
A
C
A
39
LX-BZ0086QSPZ
AD
DJ
40
CPLTM0513QS01
AF
DS
41
LX-BZ1195FCZZ
AC
DD
42
LSTYM0004QSZZ
AK
DX
Screw(M3)
Fusing upper frame stay And3
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
LPLTM0510QSZZ
LX-BZ1181FCZZ
LPLTM0473QSZZ
LX-BZ1126FCPZ
XHPS730P04000
XWHS730-05080
LX-BZ0093QSZZ
PCOVP0148QSZZ
XBBS730P06000
(Unit)
AD
AB
AE
AB
AB
AA
AC
AK
AC
DJ
DD
DJ
DD
DD
DD
DD
DX
DD
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
DUNTW0782RSZZ
BW
RJ
DUNTW0782RS12
BW
RJ
DUNTW0782RS11
BW
RJ
1
2
3
8
10
11
12
13
14
15
18
!
!
!
PARTS CODE
19
901
AF
AE
AE
AN
AE
AB
AT
AC
AF
AA
AA
AA
BA
BA
BA
AD
AV
DS
DS
DS
EG
DJ
DJ
EZ
DJ
DS
DD
DD
DD
FX
FX
FX
DJ
FG
C
C
C
B
C
C
B
C
B
C
C
C
B
B
B
C
D
33
TR No.
TL
UR
(120V)
(230V)
(100V)
UF
HR
ACT
PG
LPD
And3
And3
Effective
time
1st lot
09/07 mid
1st lot
1st lot
Update : 2009/10/16
M 1(Fusing unit 1)
1
44
44
1
43
44
3
10
22
45
2
50
15
41
15
44
44
47
47 47
48
8
13
41
B
11
40
47
14
15
15
15
48
51
40
8
48
15
48
42
41
A
23
12
46
24
25
28
46
29
15
30
19
49
27
31
29
32
34
32
33
35
39
32
37
18
37
38
36
PRP03917
34
39
36
38
901
35
Update : 2009/11/16
N 2(Fusing unit 2)
NO.
PARTS CODE
DESCRIPTION
1
2
NBRGY0022QSZZ
NROLR0156QSZZ
AL
BF
EB
GN
A
A
MSPRC0324QSZZ
AC
DJ
LPLTM0341QSZ1
AC
DJ
LPLTM0531QSZZ
AC
DJ
8
9
11
12
14
15
16
PGIDH0140QSZZ
LPLTM0340QSZZ
MSPRD0328QSZ1
PTME-0041QSZZ
TCAUH0017QSZ1
TLABH0381QSZZ
XBPSN30P08KS0
MSPRD0327QSZ1
LFRM-0072QSZ5
AY
AC
AC
AG
AC
AE
AA
AC
AT
FQ
DJ
DJ
DS
DJ
DJ
DD
DJ
EQ
A
C
C
A
D
D
C
C
D
17
MSPRD0326QSZZ
AC
DJ
18
19
20
21
PGIDM0115QSZZ
TLABH0289QSZZ
MLEVF0111QSZZ
MLEVF0112QSZZ
TLABH0685QSZZ
TLABH0683QSZZ
VRH-ST2HB507K
XWHS740-08090
(Unit)
AS
AA
AD
AD
AD
AE
AD
AA
EQ
DJ
DJ
DJ
DJ
DJ
DJ
DD
C
D
C
C
D
D
C
C
DUNTW0782RSZZ
BW
RJ
DUNTW0782RS12
BW
RJ
DUNTW0782RS11
BW
RJ
13
22
23
24
901
35
(Except Japan)
(Japan)
(Except Japan)
(Japan)
[Missing parts code]
TR No.
FU
And3
F
R
(500M)
(120V)
( 17 )
(230V)
( 17 )
(100V)
( 17 )
Effective
time
1st lot
1st lot
09/07 mid
Update : 2009/11/16
N 2(Fusing unit 2)
1
21
3
5
2
1
8
24
3
23
20
14 12
11
9
12 11
13
24
16
12
17
12
15
14
18
15
19
36
22
PRP03918
37
Update : 2009/11/16
O (Drive unit)
NO.
PARTS CODE
DESCRIPTION
XBPS740P08ES0
RMOTP0069QSPZ
CPLTM0160QS02
MSPRC0200QSZ1
NGERH0234QSZZ
NGERH0090QSZ1
NGERH0084QSZZ
XRESP70-08000
NGERH0192QSZZ
AB
BA
AU
AB
AF
AF
AK
AA
AD
DD
FX
FG
DJ
DS
DS
DX
DD
DJ
C
B
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
NGERH0086QSZZ
AD
DJ
NGERH0190QSZZ
AC
DJ
NGERH0087QSZZ
AE
DJ
NGERH0189QSZZ
AD
DJ
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
NGERH0010QSZZ
NGERH0092QSZZ
NGERH0093QSZZ
XBPS730P06KS0
NGERH0095QSZZ
NGERH0191QSZZ
NGERH0186QSZZ
NGERH0096QSZZ
CPLTM0161QS02
MSPRC0262QSZ1
NCPL-0009QSZZ
NGERH0091QSZZ
CGERH0204RS51
AD
AD
AD
AB
AE
AC
AH
AE
AP
AC
AC
AE
AX
DJ
DJ
DJ
DD
DJ
DJ
DX
DJ
EQ
DJ
DJ
DJ
FQ
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
25
DHAI-0602QSPZ
AE
DS
Screw(48ES)
Main motor
Main drive plate
Ratchet spring
Ratchet gear(49T)
Fusing drive gear(19T)
Gear(94/21T)
E type ring(E7)
Gear(46/19T)
Gear(39/21T)
[MX-M260/M260N/M260FP/M260FG,
AR-5726]
Gear(39/19T)
[MX-M310/M310N/M310FP/M310FG,
AR-5731]
Gear(30/21T)
[MX-M260/M260N/M260FP/M260FG,
AR-5726]
Gear(30/21T)
[MX-M310/M310N/M310FP/M310FG,
AR-5731]
Gear(28T)
Gear(30/16T)
Gear(28/16T)
Screw(36KS)
Gear
MG gear
N gear(58/21T)
Gear(37/25T)
Sub drive plate
MG spring
MG coupling
Coupling gear(34T)
Drum coup gear
AN2R main motor harness
26
27
28
29
LX-WZ0012QSZZ
XRESP50-06000
LX-WZ0476FCZZ
LX-WZ0407FCZZ
(Unit)
AB
AA
AC
AB
DD
DD
DD
DD
C
C
C
C
CPLTM0160RS59
BH
HC
CPLTM0160RS60
BH
HC
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
901
Drive unit
Drive unit
37
TR No.
MG
N
MG
MG
AN2R
AND2
E
[MX-M260/M260N/M260FP/M260FG,
AR-5726]
[MX-M310/M310N/M310FP/M310FG,
AR-5731]
Effective
time
Update : 2009/11/16
O (Drive unit)
7
28
4
25
1
6
29
8
9
10
13
15
11
15
12
14
17
21
12
18
22
20
23
27
26
24
16
12
15
19
38
PRP03919
39
Update : 2009/10/16
PARTS CODE
1
3
NSFTZ0042QSZ1
NROLP0049QSZZ
AE
AC
NROLP0111QSZZ
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
PBRSR0019QSZZ
NROLR0114QSZZ
NBRGY2122SCZZ
LPLTM0195QSZ2
NBRGM0501FCZZ
XRESP50-06000
LHLDZ0058QSZ3
LPLTP0185QSZ2
14
DESCRIPTION
DS
DJ
C
C
AD
DJ
AK
AR
AB
AC
AB
AA
AQ
AL
DX
EZ
DD
DJ
DJ
DD
EQ
EB
B
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
MSPRD0224QSZZ
AB
DJ
15
MLEVP0055QSZ1
AC
DJ
16
MSPRT0197QSZ1
AC
DJ
17
18
22
23
24
25
XEBS730P08000
CPWBF0222QSE3
CSFTZ0023QS04
CSFTZ0023QS01
XRESP40-06000
LFRM-0038QSZ5
NROLR0051QSZ1
LBSHZ0303FCZZ
AC
AK
AE
AH
AA
AZ
AL
AC
DD
EB
DS
DX
DD
FX
EB
DJ
C
E
C
C
C
C
C
C
26
PGIDM0165QSZ1
AR
EQ
Screw(38)
Sensor PWB
Shifter shaft
Shifter shaft
E type ring(E4)
Delivery frame
DUP delivery roller
M bushing C
Delivery upper paper guide
27
28
29
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
NROLP1122FCZZ
MSPRT0229GCAZ
XHBS740P10000
LX-BZ0780FCPZ
PSHEZ0650QSZZ
PSHEZ0649QSZZ
PSHEZ0655QSZZ
PFILZ0017QSZ1
LX-BZ0099QSZZ
LPLTM0509QSZZ
NFANP0020QSPZ
(Unit)
AF
AC
AA
AC
AB
AA
AD
AP
AB
AC
AP
DS
DJ
DD
DD
DJ
DJ
DJ
EQ
DD
DJ
EQ
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
A
C
C
B
PS upper roller
FU spring R
Screw(410)
Screw
Delivery hole sheet B
Delivery hole sheet A
Delivery fan connector sheet
Ozone filter
Screw
OF fixing plate
Fan motor ANR2
CFRM-0038RS74
BP
LP
CFRM-0038RS75
BQ
LP
BQ
LP
21
901
CFRM-0038RS76
(North America)
(Except North America)
TR No.
()
LP
C
DUP
M C
PS
FU R
B
A
OF
ANR2
39
Effective
time
1st lot
1st lot
Update : 2009/10/16
13
3
11
10
36
12
9
11
8 16
10
37
14
16
15
23
17
18
29
38
39
17
42
41
26
36
22
21
37
40
24
39
17
25
22
17
35
28
PRP03920
17
40
28
27
27
42
41
40
41
Update : 2009/11/16
PARTS CODE
DESCRIPTION
(Except North America)
(Except North America)
(Except North America)
M C
240
DUP
B
B
C
DUP
DUP
1
2
3
4
XHBS730P08000
RMOTS0071QSPZ
CPLTM0184QS03
XEBS730P08000
AB
BD
AH
AC
DD
GJ
DX
DD
C
B
C
C
MSPRD0225QSZZ
AC
DJ
6
7
8
9
11
12
13
LSTPP0003QSZ1
NGERH0068QSZ1
NGERH0067QSZZ
VHPGP1A71L3-18
XRESP30-06000
XRESP40-06000
MSPRD0216QSZZ
AC
AD
AD
AG
AA
AA
AD
DJ
DJ
DJ
DS
DD
DD
DJ
C
C
C
B
C
C
C
14
MSPRT0217QSZ1
AC
DJ
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
LBRC-0002QSZ1
LBSHZ0303FCZZ
NBRGY2122SCZZ
NBRGC0019QSZZ
XPSSJ30-08000
NBLTT0024QSZZ
NGERH0080QSZZ
NGERH0082QSZZ
AC
AC
AB
AD
AA
AG
AE
AD
DJ
DJ
DD
DJ
DD
DS
DJ
DJ
C
C
C
C
C
B
C
C
23
MSPRD0198QSZZ
AC
DJ
24
25
NGERH0113QSZZ
NGERH0114QSZZ
AC
AC
DJ
DJ
C
C
26
MSPRD0196QSZZ
AC
DJ
27
28
NGERH0155QSZZ
RPLU-0027QSZZ
RPLU-0027QSPZ
AD
AU
AU
DJ
EZ
EZ
C
B
B
29
CBRC-0004QS03
AF
DS
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
501
RMOTS0070QSPZ
XHBS730P08000
XBBS726P03000
XWHS730-05070
LHLDW1334FCZZ
PSHEZ0316QSZZ
PRDAZ0002QSZZ
PSHEZ0341QSZZ
CPLTM0184RS54
BD
AB
AA
AA
AA
AD
AD
AA
AX
GJ
DD
DD
DD
DJ
DJ
DJ
DJ
FG
B
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
E
502
CBRC-0004RS54
BA
FX
DUP motor
Screw(38)
Screw(2.63)
Washer
Wire holder
Delivery motor sheet
Delivery motor radiation plate
Shifter stop mylar
Shifter unit
DUP motor fixing bracket unit
BP
LP
BQ
LP
Screw(38)
Shifter motor
Shifter drive plate
Screw(38)
Stopper return spring
Shifter stopper
Shifter gear(50T)
Shifter gear(24T)
Photo sensor(GP1A71L3)
E type ring(E3)
E type ring(E4)
Shifter earth spring
Gate return spring
Gate bracket
M bushing C
Transport roller bearing
Bearing(6)
Spring pin(3-8)
Drive belt 240
Delivery drive gear(25/31T)
DUP delivery gear(20/31T)
Delivery earth spring B
Idle gear B(29T)
Idle gear C(29T)
Delivery earth spring A
Gear(31/39T)
Change gate solenoid
Change gate solenoid
DUP motor fixing bracket
TR No.
Effective
time
09/09
1st lot
1st lot
1st lot
(Unit)
CFRM-0038RS74
901
CFRM-0038RS76
41
1st lot
Update : 2009/11/16
501
24
2
25
4
4
13
3
7
502
16
15
37 6
11
17
20
12
19
28
18
26
22
21
33
23
27
35 32
30
36
31
14
34
29
PRP03921
42
43
Update : 2009/11/16
R (PWB section)
NO.
PARTS CODE
CPWBX0136QS3L
CB
TX
1
CPWBX0136QS3M
CB
TX
2
3
4
5
XBBS730P08000
PSPAB0039QSZZ
CPWBF0235QSE1
XBBS830P08000
AA
AG
BB
AA
DD
DJ
GD
DD
C
C
E
C
DHAI-0611QSPZ
AV
FG
LHLDZ0062QSZ2
AT
EZ
8
9
LX-BZ0090QSPZ
LHLDW0086QSZZ
CPWBX0233QS31
CPWBX0233QS32
AE
AB
CD
CD
DD
DJ
UD
UD
C
C
E
E
CPWBX0233QS33
CD
UD
CPWBX0233QS34
CD
UD
30
CPWBX0233QS35
CPWBX0233QS36
XBPS730P06KS0
LHLDZ0071QSZZ
CPWBN0137QSE1
XHBS730P08000
LX-BZ0082QSPZ
LHLDZ0070QSZ3
XHBS730P08000
XEBS740P10000
XBPS730P08KS0
PSHEZ0269QSZZ
DHAI-0345QSZZ
CPWBX0140QS3K
CPWBN0174QS31
RSPA00001QSPZ
XEPS730P06X00
LSUPP0001QSZZ
DHAI-0606QSPZ
CPWBX0202RS55
CPWBX0202RS54
PCAPH0018QSZZ
CC
CC
AB
AG
AZ
AB
AA
AW
AB
AA
AB
AC
AG
CM
BV
AH
AA
AC
BT
BZ
CA
AD
UB
UB
DD
DX
FX
DD
DD
FG
DD
DD
DD
DJ
DX
UW
MW
DX
DD
DJ
MW
TR
TR
DJ
E
E
C
C
E
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
E
E
B
C
C
C
E
E
D
31
PCAPH0019QSZZ
AE
DJ
32
PCAPH0017QSZZ
AC
DJ
33
CPWBN0135QS34
BS
MW
DHAI-0591QSP1
BE
GN
BE
AS
AN
AP
AQ
GN
EZ
EQ
EQ
EQ
C
C
C
C
C
BF
GN
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
35
39
DHAI-0601QSP1
DHAI-0200QSZZ
DHAI-0347QSPZ
DHAI-0346QSPZ
DHAI-0506QSPZ
40
DHAI-0593QSPZ
41
DHAI-0350QSPZ
AG
DX
42
43
44
55
56
70
DHAI-0610QSP1
DHAI-0381QSPZ
DHAI-0594QSPZ
TLABH0533QSZZ
TLABH0534QSZZ
RDTCH0161FCP1
BF
AH
BG
AB
AB
AV
GN
DX
GT
DJ
DJ
FG
C
C
C
D
D
B
72
DHAI-0595QSPZ
AE
DS
73
LSUPM0002QSZZ
RCORF0046FCZZ
RCORF0046FCZZ
DHAI-0597QSP1
DHAI-0590QSPZ
VHI29L1607DQS
VHI29L1607EQS
VHI29L1607QQS
VHI29L1607PQS
VHI29L1607TQS
VHI29L1607UQS
VHI29L1608MQS
VHI29L12856QS
VHI29L12858QS
VHI29L12854QS
AE
AH
AH
BF
BT
BB
BB
BA
BA
BA
BA
BA
BH
BH
BH
DJ
DX
DX
GN
NE
GD
GD
FX
FX
FX
FX
FX
HC
HC
HC
C
C
C
C
C
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
37
38
74
75
80
82
83
DESCRIPTION
[MX-M260/M260N/M260FP/M260FG,
AR-5726] IMC
IMC PWB
[MX-M310/M310N/M310FP/M310FG,
AR-5731] IMC
Screw(38)
Spacer
Screw(38)
Hexagon screw
6
Harness ring LPD
LPD
MCU PWB
[MX-M260 North America] MCU
MCU PWB
[MX-M310 North America] MCU
MCU PWB
[MX-M260/M260N/M260FP
/M260FG Except North America] MCU
MCU PWB
[MX-M310/M310N/M310FP
/M310FG Except North America] MCU
MCU PWB
[AR-5726] MCU
MCU PWB
[AR-5731] MCU
Screw(36KS)
Mother board
Screw(38)
Screw(38)
OP PWB holder
OP
Screw(38)
Screw(410)
Screw(38KS)
Support post
[MX-M260N/M310N/M260FP/M310FP]
Core
Core
MCU-casette harness
[Missing parts code] MCU-
DV interface harness
[Missing parts code] DV
MCU ROM
[MX-M260 North America] MCU ROM
MCU ROM
[MX-M310 North America] MCU ROM
MCU ROM [MX-M260/M260N Except North America] MCU ROM
MCU ROM [MX-M310/M310N Except North America] MCU ROM
MCU ROM
[MX-M260FG/M260FP] MCU ROM
MCU ROM
[MX-M310FG/M310FP] MCU ROM
MCU ROM
[AR-5726] MCU ROM
PCL PRGDIMM
[MX-M260N/M310N Philippines] PCL PRGDIMM
PCL PRGDIMM[MX-M260N/M310N Except Philippines] PCL PRGDIMM
PCL PRGDIMM
[MX-M260FP/M310FP] PCL PRGDIMM
TR No.
Effective
time
IMC PWB
43
1st lot
1st lot
1st lot
1st lot
1st lot
1st lot
1st lot
1st lot
1st lot
Update : 2009/11/16
R (PWB section)
Inter- PRICE RANK NEW PART
change Ex.
Ja. MARK RANK
PARTS CODE
NO.
VHI29L32077QS
AZ
FQ
84
VHI29L32079QS
AZ
FX
VHI29L64012QS
BD
GN
85
86
87
LBNDJ0013FCZ1
PSPAN0025QSZZ
LX-BZ0024QSZZ
AE
AE
AA
DJ
DS
DD
C
C
C
DESCRIPTION
TR No.
Effective
time
PCL BOTDIMMJ
Spacer
Screw
R (PWB section)
30
3
87
14
2
86
4
42
22
3
43 37
87
87
23
27
35
28
74 75
19
2 14
13
14
2
15
11
73
29
12
73
11
14
2
10
41 72
11
83
82
40 70
2
17
17
16
17
11
14
38 14
20
24
85
19
27 19
32
19
31
18
44
26
55
56
MX-M260N
MX-M310N
14
25
84
39
33
29
80
19
19
MX-M260FP
MX-M310FP
MX-M260/M310
MX-M260FG/M310FG
AR-5726/5731
44
PRP03922
45
Update : 2009/11/16
PARTS CODE
XBPSN40P06K00
DHAI-0596QSPZ
3
4
5
6
TLABZ4868FCZ1
XHBS730P06000
LPLTM0162QSZ1
LPLTM0252QSZZ
DHAI-0593QSPZ
8
9
10
11
12
13
15
DHAI-0378QSPZ
XHBS730P08000
XEBS740P30000
PGIDM0184QSZ1
XEBS740P30000
CDAIU0024RS57
LPLTM0249QSZZ
QACCD7713QCPZ
QACCB7623QCPZ
!
!
AA
DD
BT
MW
AB
AC
AC
AD
DJ
DD
DJ
DJ
D
C
C
C
BF
GN
AC
AB
AC
AH
AC
AZ
AC
AT
DJ
DD
DD
DX
DD
FQ
DJ
EZ
C
C
C
C
C
E
C
B
BB
GD
QACCVR621QCPZ
AQ
FQ
QACCZR626QCPZ
QACCZR941QCPZ
QACCB9521QCZZ
QACCJ6413QCPA
QACCLR624QCPZ
QACCR7621QCZZ
QPLGA4171CCPZ
QPLGA0001QCZZ
QPLGA0009QCPZ
PHOG-1023CCZZ
BB
BB
AW
AY
BA
AZ
AR
AN
AR
AB
GD
FX
FG
FQ
FX
FQ
EQ
EQ
EQ
DD
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
19
TCAUS0009QSZZ
AF
DS
20
21
QSW-C9295QCPZ
QSW-C9294QCZZ
AL
AF
EB
DS
B
B
22
DHAI-0589QSPZ
BS
MW
23
DHAI-0545QSPZ
AH
DX
27
RCILZ0016QSZZ
RDENC0052QSPZ
RDENC0053QSPZ
RDENC0051QSPZ
RDENU0058QSPZ
LHLDW1057FCZZ
DHAI-0588QSPZ
LFIX-0016FCZZ
XEBS740P30000
XEBS740P12000
XWHS740-08100
XWSS740-10000
LPLTM0349QSZZ
NFANP0020QSPZ
XBPS730P30KS0
XBPS730P08KS0
LPLTM0369QSZZ
XHBS740P10000
LSUPP0133FCPZ
RCORF0031QSPZ
LBNDJ0013FCZ1
LHLDW1154FCZZ
LBNDJ0037FCZ1
PTUBP0012QSZZ
RCORF0004QSZZ
LBSHC0008QSPZ
LPLTM0478QSZZ
XHSS730P06000
XEBS730P12000
XEBS730P10000
BE
BZ
BZ
BZ
BN
AB
BF
AD
AC
AA
AA
AA
AS
AP
AC
AB
AG
AA
AC
AK
AE
AC
AA
AC
AF
AC
AF
AB
AC
AC
GN
TF
TF
TF
LE
DD
GN
DJ
DD
DD
DD
DD
EQ
EQ
DD
DD
DS
DD
DJ
DX
DJ
DJ
DJ
DJ
DS
DJ
DS
DD
DD
DD
C
E
E
E
E
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
B
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
42
45
46
47
49
50
53
56
57
59
60
61
62
63
64
DESCRIPTION
Earth label
(200V Series)
Screw(36)
Screw(38)
Screw(430)
Harness guide
Screw(430)
Reactle
(200V)
Low voltage power supply unit
(120V)
Low voltage power supply unit
(230V)
Low voltage power supply unit
(100V)
High voltage power supply unit
Wire saddle(LWS-3S)
AC switch harness
[Missing parts code] AC
AC cord fixing
(100V Series) AC
Screw(430)
Screw(412)
Washer
Washer
Screw(38KS)
Screw(410)
PWB supporter
Core
Band
Wire saddle(LWS5S2W)
Band
(200V Series)
Tube(F520)
(200V Series)
Core
(200V Series)
Edging(L=32)
(200V Series)
AC Inlet fixing plate
(200V Series) AC
Screw(36)
(200V Series)
Screw(312)
Screw(310)
(200V Series)
Screw(46K)
AN2R HL interface harness
45
TR No.
Effective
time
1st lot
1st lot
1st lot
1st lot
Update : 2009/11/16
50
46
49 North America
only
1
27
46
5
3
2
4
15
8
9
10
42
11
63
34
39
38
50 49
42
42
31
47
42 29
42
42
47
60
12
13
20
28
42
42
34
64
2
34
33
36
35
32
59
61
56
62
57
200V
SERIES
53
37
36 35
100V
SERIES
53
30
9
PRP03923
19
46
53
Update : 2009/11/16
PARTS CODE
1
2
3
MSPRC0378QSZ1
MLOKZ0001QSZZ
XEPS730P08X00
4
5
AB
AC
AA
DJ
DJ
DD
C
C
C
PGIDM0068QSZ1
AP
EG
MARMP0015QSZZ
AD
DJ
NSFTZ0054QSZ1
AD
DJ
NROLP1060FCZZ
AF
DS
MSPRP0345QSZ1
AD
DJ
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
XEBS730P08000
GCOVA0026QSTC
XEBS730P10000
PCOVP0089QSZZ
LPLTP0409QSZZ
PSHEZ0515QSZZ
NROLR0130QSZZ
AC
AP
AC
AD
AC
AG
AL
DD
EQ
DD
DJ
DJ
DX
EB
C
D
C
D
C
A
C
16
MSPRC0270QSZZ
AB
DJ
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
NBRGZ0503FCZZ
LSTPP0011QSZZ
LRALP0009QSZ2
XBPS730P08KS0
NKOM-0005QSZZ
NSFTZ0048QSPZ
PGIDM0074QSZZ
XEBS740P12000
PSHEZ0301QSZZ
PSHEZ0302QSZZ
AC
AC
AP
AB
AC
AF
AK
AA
AC
AC
DJ
DJ
EQ
DD
DJ
DS
DX
DD
DJ
DJ
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
27
MSPRD0287QSZZ
AC
DJ
28
29
30
31
33
NROLP0087QSZZ
NSFTZ0101QSZZ
PSHEZ0356QSZ1
PSHEZ0347QSZ1
LPLTM0396QSZ1
AD
AC
AE
AC
AD
DJ
DJ
DS
DJ
DJ
C
C
C
C
C
34
PSPAZ0055QSZZ
AA
DJ
35
501
LX-WZ0064FCZZ
CCOVP0089RS55
AA
AP
DD
EQ
C
E
502
CGIDM0068RS55
AU
EZ
503
CPLTP0409RS51
AN
EG
DESCRIPTION
Lock spring
Paper guide lock
Screw(38X)
Transport paper guide
2nd door arm
Transport paper guide shaft
U-turn roller
Transport paper guide spring
Screw(38)
Right cover
Screw(310)
Plate cover
Separator plate AND2
Separator sheet
Transport roller
Separator plate spring
Bearing
Resin E type ring
Cassette rail R
Screw(38KS)
Cassette guide collar
Cassette collar shaft
2nd U-turn guide
Screw(412)
Rail R side sheet F
Rail R side sheet R
Paper feed sub roller spring
Paper feed sub roller
Paper feed sub roller shaft
Plate cover sheet
2nd rail R sheet
Separator guide plate
Plate cover spacer
Push nut(M3)
Plate cover unit
Transport paper guide unit
53
2nd
AND2
E
R
2ndU
R F
R R
2nd R
TR No.
Effective
time
1st lot
1st lot
1st lot
Update : 2009/11/16
2
1
4
a
a
b
8
6
8
26
23
25
502
9
31
19
10
28
29
27
24
15
22
21
18
24
17
14
20
33 13
35
503
27
30
16
34
12
34
501
54
11
PRP03927
49
Update : 2009/10/16
PARTS CODE
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
LPLTP0159QSZZ
LHLDW1226FCZZ
LPLTM0179QSZ1
PSHEZ0274QSZZ
GCASP0005QSZ4
PGIDM0070QSZ1
PTPE-0021QSZ1
LPLTM0181QSZ1
PGIDM0071QSZZ
LX-BZ1144FCPZ
NGERH0193FCZZ
12
AD
AB
AR
AC
BA
AM
AA
AB
AL
AA
AB
DJ
DJ
EQ
DJ
GD
EG
DJ
DJ
EB
DD
DD
C
C
C
C
D
C
C
C
C
C
C
MSPRC2631FCZZ
AC
DJ
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
MLEVP0755FCZ1
LX-BZ0833FCPZ
CSHEZ0244QS02
XRESP70-08000
NGERH0108QSZZ
MSPRC0354QSZZ
NSFTZ0047QSZ1
LPLTM0180QSZ1
NBRGP0041GCZZ
XEBS740P10000
AE
AC
AE
AA
AD
AC
AK
AE
AD
AA
DJ
DD
DJ
DD
DJ
DJ
EB
DS
DJ
DD
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
23
JHNDP0012QSZZ
AU
EZ
24
XBPS740P08KS0
AB
DD
25
GCOV-0282FCZZ
AH
DX
26
27
28
PSHEZ5948FCZZ
LPLTM0277QSZZ
XEBS730P08000
TCADZ0549QSZZ
TCADZ0550QSZZ
TCADZ0551QSZZ
AD
AC
AC
AE
AE
AE
DJ
DJ
DD
DS
DS
DS
C
C
C
D
C
C
BF
GN
BK
HC
29
501
CCASP0005RS79
DESCRIPTION
Cassette rear edge plate
Turn fastener
Rotation plate
Rotation plate sheet
550 cassette
Guide F
GID tape
Side plate guide F
Guide R
Screw
UC manual paper feed gear
Fusing pressure spring
TR No.
550
F
GID
F
R
UC
2nd
E
2nd
AN2R
P2
P2
R
2nd 550
(Unit)
2nd 550 cassette unit(Without No.30)
901
CCASP0005RS59
49
2nd 550
(No.30 )
Effective
time
1st lot
1st lot
1st lot
Update : 2009/10/16
501
8
6
7
9
10
4
11
11
13
12
14
22
22
27
5
15
17
18
22
23
22
21
19
29
20
28
26
PRP03925
25
50
24
16
51
Update : 2009/10/16
PARTS CODE
DESCRIPTION
PCOVP0070QSZZ
AD
DJ
CPWBF0095QSE3
AP
EQ
Sensor cover
2nd cassette sensor PWB
MLEVP0063QSZ1
AD
DJ
MLEVP0064QSZZ
AD
DJ
MLEVP0062QSZZ
AC
DJ
10
11
13
14
PCOVP0064QSZZ
RPLU-0026QSZ1
RPLU-0026QSP1
MARMP0026QSZZ
MSPRC0209QSZ1
NSFTZ0102QSZZ
QSW-B0017QSZZ
AD
AR
AR
AD
AC
AH
AF
DJ
EQ
EQ
DJ
DJ
DX
DS
D
B
B
C
C
C
B
17
DHAI-0397QSPZ
AD
DJ
18
NBRGC0100FCZ1
AC
DJ
19
MSPRD0389QSZZ
AC
DJ
20
21
22
23
24
26
27
MARMP0021QSZZ
NGERH0107QSZZ
LPIN-0026MCZZ
NROLR0132QSZ1
MARMP0019QSZZ
NGERH0990FCZZ
NROLR0133QSZZ
AD
AD
AA
AR
AD
AB
AM
DJ
DJ
DD
EQ
DJ
DJ
EG
C
C
C
C
C
C
A
29
DHAI-0394QSPZ
AD
DJ
30
MSPRD0204QSZZ
AC
DJ
31
DHAI-0473QSP1
AG
DX
Solenoid cover
Paper feed solenoid
Paper feed solenoid
Solenoid arm
Solenoid spring
2nd paper feed roller shaft
Tray detect switch
Cassette detect interface harness
Bearing 6
Pick up roller pressure spring
Pick up arm R
Paper feed gear(20T)
Spring pin(2-8)
Paper feed roller AND2
Pick up arm F
Gear(16T)
Pick up roller
Door open/close detect harness
Paper feed in detect actuator spring
51
TR No.
2nd
2nd
AND2
F
Effective
time
09/09
Update : 2009/10/16
2
17
10
28 2
4
13
5 11
31
30
6
19
27
14
18
20
26
21
22
23
29
24
52
PRP03926
53
Update : 2009/11/16
PARTS CODE
1
2
3
MSPRC0378QSZ1
MLOKZ0001QSZZ
XEPS730P08X00
4
5
AB
AC
AA
DJ
DJ
DD
C
C
C
PGIDM0068QSZ1
AP
EG
MARMP0015QSZZ
AD
DJ
NSFTZ0054QSZ1
AD
DJ
NROLP1060FCZZ
AF
DS
MSPRP0345QSZ1
AD
DJ
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
XEBS730P08000
GCOVA0026QSTC
XEBS730P10000
PCOVP0089QSZZ
LPLTP0409QSZZ
PSHEZ0515QSZZ
NROLR0130QSZZ
AC
AP
AC
AD
AC
AG
AL
DD
EQ
DD
DJ
DJ
DX
EB
C
D
C
D
C
A
C
16
MSPRC0270QSZZ
AB
DJ
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
NBRGZ0503FCZZ
LSTPP0011QSZZ
LRALP0009QSZ2
XBPS730P08KS0
NKOM-0005QSZZ
NSFTZ0048QSPZ
PGIDM0074QSZZ
XEBS740P12000
PSHEZ0301QSZZ
PSHEZ0302QSZZ
AC
AC
AP
AB
AC
AF
AK
AA
AC
AC
DJ
DJ
EQ
DD
DJ
DS
DX
DD
DJ
DJ
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
27
MSPRD0287QSZZ
AC
DJ
28
29
30
31
33
NROLP0087QSZZ
NSFTZ0101QSZZ
PSHEZ0356QSZ1
PSHEZ0347QSZ1
LPLTM0396QSZ1
AD
AC
AE
AC
AD
DJ
DJ
DS
DJ
DJ
C
C
C
C
C
34
PSPAZ0055QSZZ
AA
DJ
35
501
LX-WZ0064FCZZ
CCOVP0089RS55
AA
AP
DD
EQ
C
E
502
CGIDM0068RS55
AU
EZ
503
CPLTP0409RS51
AN
EG
DESCRIPTION
Lock spring
Paper guide lock
Screw(38X)
Transport paper guide
2nd door arm
Transport paper guide shaft
U-turn roller
Transport paper guide spring
Screw(38)
Right cover
Screw(310)
Plate cover
Separator plate AND2
Separator sheet
Transport roller
Separator plate spring
Bearing
Resin E type ring
Cassette rail R
Screw(38KS)
Cassette guide collar
Cassette collar shaft
2nd U-turn guide
Screw(412)
Rail R side sheet F
Rail R side sheet R
Paper feed sub roller spring
Paper feed sub roller
Paper feed sub roller shaft
Plate cover sheet
2nd rail R sheet
Separator guide plate
Plate cover spacer
Push nut(M3)
Plate cover unit
Transport paper guide unit
53
2nd
AND2
E
R
2ndU
R F
R R
2nd R
TR No.
Effective
time
1st lot
1st lot
1st lot
Update : 2009/11/16
2
1
4
a
a
b
8
6
8
26
23
25
502
9
31
19
10
28
29
27
24
15
22
21
18
24
17
14
20
33 13
35
503
27
30
16
34
12
34
501
54
11
PRP03927
55
Update : 2009/10/16
PARTS CODE
DESCRIPTION
PCOVP0084QSZZ
AE
DJ
CPWBF0228QSE1
AX
FG
3
4
5
6
XEBS730P08000
DHAI-0597QSP1
NBRGC0100FCZ1
MARMP0018QSZZ
AC
BF
AC
AD
DD
GN
DJ
DJ
C
C
C
C
PCLC-0031QSZZ
AQ
EQ
Screw(38)
2nd multi step harness
Bearing 6
Body joint arm
2nd paper feed clutch(42T)
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
17
20
24
25
26
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
XRESP40-06000
XRESP50-06000
MSPRT0203QSZZ
NGERH0119QSZZ
NGERH1207FCZZ
CDAIU0024RS58
XEBS740P30000
XEBS740P12000
DHAI-0474QSP1
LPLTM0203QSZ1
NGERH0121QSZZ
NBLTT0029QSZZ
PCLC-0020QSZZ
NPLYZ0027QSZZ
PSHEZ0250QSZZ
NROLP0008QSZZ
PSHEZ0249QSZZ
NBRGC0529FCZZ
LPLTM0176QSZ1
PSHEZ0556QSZZ
AA
AA
AC
AD
AF
AZ
AC
AA
BS
AF
AE
AG
AX
AD
AB
AD
AB
AD
AH
AC
DD
DD
DJ
DJ
DS
FQ
DD
DD
MW
DS
DJ
DX
FG
DJ
DJ
DJ
DJ
DJ
EB
DJ
C
C
C
C
C
E
C
C
C
C
C
B
B
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
E type ring(E4)
E type ring(E5)
Joint spring
Gear(36T)
Joint gear(40T)
2nd lift up unit
Screw(430)
Screw(412)
LUM harness
Multi step drive plate
Gear(20T/45T/26P)
Vertical transport belt
Transport clutch
Vertical transport pulley
Flange sheet
Pulley
Flange sheet
Bearing
Clutch earth plate
Harness holder sheet
TR No.
2nd
2nd
2nd
Effective
time
1st lot
1st lot
1st lot
2
3
11
29
30
17
3
25
b
13
32
33
24
31
28
10
12
14
15
8
26
14
20
15
34 15
15
5
6
9
7
PRP03928
55
56
Update : 2009/10/16
Y (Lift up unit)
NO.
PARTS CODE
DESCRIPTION
MSPRD0251QSZZ
AD
DJ
MSPRC0263QSZZ
(Unit)
CDAIU0024RS57
CDAIU0024RS58
AC
DJ
Lift up spring
1st
2nd
AZ
AZ
FQ
FQ
E
E
1st
2nd
CMOTV0778FCE3
AU
EZ
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
NGERH0158QSZ1
LDAIU0024QSZ2
NGERH0102QSZZ
NSFTZ0045QSZZ
NGERH0103QSZZ
NSFTZ0044QSZZ
NSFTZ0060QSZZ
NGERH0104QSZZ
NGERH0105QSZZ
PCOVP0061QSZ2
AE
AF
AD
AC
AE
AC
AC
AE
AD
AH
DJ
DS
DJ
DJ
DJ
DJ
DJ
DJ
DJ
DS
C
D
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
D
MSPRD0208QSZZ
AC
DJ
Gear(29T/11T)
Lift up base
Gear(53T/14T)
Shaft
Gear(54T/13T)
Shaft
Shaft
Gear(13T/42T)
Gear(19T)
Lift up cover
1st cassette earth spring
12
13
901
TR No.
Y (Lift up unit)
3
1
13
12
2
5
7
8
4
6
9
11
10
56
PRP03929
12
Effective
time
57
Update : 2009/11/16
PARTS CODE
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
GCAB-0075QST1
XEBS740P12000
XHBS730P08000
LSTPP0016QSZZ
PCLC-0023QSZZ
NPLYZ0033QSZZ
CGIDM0106RS53
XHBS730P10000
GCAB-0074QST1
MHNG-0021QSZZ
MHNG-0022QSZZ
XWVS740-05000
NBRGC0018QSZZ
LSOU-0037QST1
PCUSS0022QSZ3
PSHEZ0413QSZZ
PSHEZ0077QSZ1
XEBS730P08000
19
LPLTP0321QSZZ
20
GCAB-0078QST1
AV
FG
21
LSOU-0039QSZ1
AN
EQ
22
MLEVP0098QSZZ
AC
DJ
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
37
VHPGP1S73P+-18
CPWBF0160QSE1
NGERP0168QSZZ
NGERR0169QSZZ
MSPRC0250QSZZ
PTME-0271FCZZ
XEPS730P08X00
MSPRP0315QSZZ
LSOU-0038QST2
LSOU-0041QST1
LPLTP0319QSN1
LPLTP0320QSN1
DHAI-0468QSZZ
CCLEZ0020QS01
AF
AS
AD
AE
AC
AD
AA
AD
AW
AP
AG
AG
AH
AK
DS
EQ
DJ
DS
DJ
DJ
DD
DJ
FG
EQ
DX
DX
DX
EB
B
E
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
501
CSOU-0037RS53
CD
UD
502
CSOU-0038RS53
CE
UH
AR
AA
AB
AC
AS
AD
BX
AD
AH
AX
AX
AA
AD
BD
AW
AD
AE
AC
EQ
DD
DD
DJ
EQ
DJ
TF
DD
DX
FG
FG
DD
DJ
GJ
EQ
DJ
DJ
DD
D
C
C
C
B
C
E
C
D
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
AE
DS
DESCRIPTION
SPF
SPF L
SPF R
OC
OC R
OC F
TLPD
Original tray S
S
Original detect actuator
Photo sensor(GP1S73P)
SPF VR PWB
SPF VR
Pinion gear(36T)
Screw(38X)
( 31-501
)
Original tray unit
Rear cabinet
Screw(412)
Screw(38)
Stopper
SPF paper feed clutch
Coupling pulley(39P)
SPF Transport unit
Screw(310)
Front cabinet
SPF hinge L
SPF hinge R
Washer
Bearing
Base tray
OC mat
OC mat sheet R
OC mat sheet F
Screw(38)
Width detect sensor fixing plate
57
TR No.
Effective
time
1st lot
Update : 2009/11/16
1
3
8
5 4
13
7
2
33
32
34
501
10
22
23
22
35
9
35
12
11
23
31
12
12
2
26
29
21
30
25
12
37
27
28
26
29
19
24
16
18
14
17
20
18
18
18
502
15
18
58
PRP03930
59
Update : 2009/11/16
PARTS CODE
1
2
3
4
5
6
CPWBF0139QSE1
XHBS730P08000
DHAI-0448QSZZ
LPLTM0111QSZZ
RPLU-0011QSZ2
PSPO-0023QSZZ
PSPO-0004QSZZ
AB
DJ
RCORF0026FCZZ
AL
EB
BA
AB
AV
AC
BA
AB
FX
DD
FG
DJ
FX
DJ
E
C
C
C
B
C
MSPRD0342QSZZ
AD
DJ
10
11
12
13
MLEVP0036QSZZ
MLEVF0093QSZZ
XBBS730P05000
DHAI-0388QSPZ
AD
AE
AA
AE
DJ
DJ
DD
DS
C
C
C
C
14
MSPRD0211QSZZ
AC
DJ
15
VHPSG2481++-1
AE
DS
16
MLEVP0092QSZZ
AC
DJ
17
18
XRESP20-04000
NROLP0011QSZZ
AA
AD
DD
DJ
C
C
19
PSPO-0020QSZZ
AB
DJ
20
PSHEZ0285QSZZ
AB
DJ
21
22
23
NSFTZ0013QSP1
PSPO-0003QSZZ
LHLDZ0101QSZZ
LHLDZ0101QSZ1
AF
AC
AE
AE
DJ
DJ
DS
DJ
C
C
C
C
24
MSPRD0305QSZZ
AC
DJ
25
26
27
28
29
30
LPINS0327FCZZ
NSFTZ0072QSZ2
XRESP50-06000
NBRGM0501FCZZ
NSFTZ0009QSP1
NROLP1517FCZZ
AC
AN
AA
AB
AE
AA
DJ
EQ
DD
DJ
DJ
DJ
C
C
C
C
C
B
31
MSPRP0306QSZZ
AC
DJ
32
33
LPLTM0316QSZZ
XEBS730P08000
AH
AC
DX
DD
C
C
34
MSPRC0307QSZ1
AC
DJ
35
MSPRP0123QSZZ
AD
DJ
36
MSPRT0308QSZZ
AC
DJ
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
PSHEZ0436QSZZ
PSHEZ0069QSZZ
PSHEZ0439QSZ1
LPLTP0117QSZZ
NBRGP0041GCZZ
PRNGP0090FCZ1
LSOU-0037QST1
PSHEZ0459QSZZ
AD
AE
AD
AM
AD
AB
BD
AC
DJ
DJ
DJ
EG
DJ
DJ
GJ
DJ
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
501
CSOU-0037RS53
CD
UD
DESCRIPTION
SPF interface PWB
SPF
Screw(38)
Gate solenoid
[Missing parts code]
Sound proof sponge
Core(TRC-16813)
Screw(35)
ACT
Photo sensor(SG2481)
ACT TLPD
E type ring(E2)
E
Delivery follower roller
LPD
Delivery follower sound proof sheet
SP pin(210)
SP
Pressure release shaft TLPD
[Missing parts code] TLPD
E type ring(E5)
E
Bearing
Screw(38)
Delivery gate
Bearing
Resin E ring(E5)
E
Base tray TLPD
TLPD
Delivery gate sheet lower
( 30-501
)
59
TR No.
Effective
time
1st lot
09/12
1st lot
Update : 2009/11/16
2
5
4
1
12
6
12
43
11
9 10
41
42
13
14
15
29
16
40
18
20
44 39
17
38
501
18
19
27
31
34
26
24
29
22
20
30
28
19
21
37
17
33
30
25
32
36
23
24
28 27
PRP03931
60
30
35
33
33
33
61
Update : 2009/11/16
PARTS CODE
1
2
3
4
GCAB-0076QST1
NGERH0166QSZZ
PCLC-0316FCP1
MLNKP0001QSZZ
AN
AC
AP
AD
EG
DJ
EQ
DJ
D
C
B
C
MSPRD0309QSZZ
AC
DJ
6
7
9
10
11
12
13
NGERH0167QSZZ
NBRGM0096FCZ1
XRESP50-06000
NSFTB0075QSZ1
XPSSP20-07000
LPLTM0318QSZZ
XEBS730P08000
AD
AC
AA
AF
AA
AC
AC
DJ
DJ
DD
EG
DD
DJ
DD
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
14
MSPRD0314QSZZ
15
17
18
19
NSFTZ0074QSZ2
NBRGC0018QSZZ
NPLYZ0033QSZZ
PCLC-0023QSZZ
20
AD
DJ
AM
AD
AD
AS
EB
DJ
DJ
EQ
C
C
C
B
MARMM0047QSZZ
AE
DJ
21
22
LSTPP0016QSZZ
DHAI-0390QSZZ
AC
AC
DJ
DJ
C
C
23
PGIDM0105QSZ1
AQ
EQ
24
GCAB-0077QST1
AP
EQ
26
MSPRP0311QSZZ
AC
DJ
27
PTME-0029QST1
AE
DJ
28
MSPRD0310QSZZ
AC
DJ
29
30
NROLP1517FCZZ
NSFTZ0009QSP1
AA
AE
DJ
DJ
B
C
31
MARMP0046QSZZ
AD
DJ
32
PCOVP0094QSZZ
PCOVP0094QSZ1
AD
AD
DJ
DJ
C
C
34
CSFTB0073QS01
AF
DS
35
37
38
39
40
MARMP0044QSZ1
LFRM-0069QSZ1
LFRM-0069QSZ2
NCPL-0049FCBZ
NPLYZ0035QSZZ
NROLR0166QSZZ
NROLR1542FCZZ
AF
AQ
AQ
AT
AD
AX
AH
DS
EQ
EQ
EZ
DJ
FG
DX
C
C
C
C
C
B
B
41
NPLYZ0034QSZZ
AD
DJ
42
43
44
45
NBLTT0033QSZZ
VHPGP1S73P+-18
DHAI-0469QSZZ
PSHEZ0444QSZZ
AF
AF
AG
AE
DS
DS
DX
DS
B
B
C
C
46
MLEVP0097QSZZ
AC
DJ
47
48
49
LSTPP0015QSZZ
MLEVP0096QSZZ
MARMP0045QSZZ
AC
AC
AC
DJ
DJ
DJ
C
C
C
50
MSPRD0313QSZZ
AC
DJ
51
52
PSHEZ0407QSZZ
VHPSG2481++-1
AB
AE
DJ
DS
C
B
53
LHLDZ0153QSZZ
AC
DJ
54
PMLT-0095QSZZ
AB
DJ
501
CCAB-0077RS53
BP
LP
36
DESCRIPTION
TLPD
Bearing
E type ring(E5)
E
Paper feed roller shaft
[Missing parts code]
Spring pin(2-7)
Screw(38)
Coupling pulley(39P)
R
Resin E ring(E5)
E
U-turn earth harness
U
U-turn paper guide TLPD
U
TLPD
U-turn paper guide cabinet
U
TLPD
U-turn paper guide lock spring TLPD
U
TLPD
Transport sub roller
F
Maintenance cover
Maintenance cover
Pick up arm
Drive belt
Photo sensor(GP1S73P)
Pick up sheet
Stopper
Stopper arm
TR No.
Effective
time
Open/close cabinet
Paper feed shaft gear(20T)
Torque limiter
Pick up link TLPD
Pick up arm spring
61
1st lot
1st lot
09/12
09/12
1st lot
Update : 2009/11/16
9
7
21
10
54
19
18
49
7
48
47
20
13
17
14
15
49
48
13
46
47
13
52
12
51
13
13
23
22
51
13
29
24
13
44
26
13
31
36
45
50
44
34
26
13
13
29
27
43
35
28
32
13
40
13
30
42
41
37
53
13
38
501
39
PRP03932
62
63
Update : 2009/11/16
PARTS CODE
1
2
4
5
6
7
9
11
12
13
14
15
16
PGIDM0107QSZ1
PSHEZ0452QSZZ
PSHEZ0423QSZZ
LPLTP0328QSZZ
MSPRC0321QSZ1
PSHEZ0451QSZZ
LPLTM0327QSZZ
XHBS730P08000
NROLR0096QSZZ
NROLR0131QSZZ
NROLR0095QSZZ
PSHEP0647QSZZ
LPLTM0325QSZZ
AQ
AF
AP
AC
AB
AC
AD
AB
AR
AP
AR
AD
AH
17
MSPRC0360QSZZ
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
DHAI-0467QSZZ
RDTCT0006QSPZ
PTME-0030QSZZ
MSPRC3356FCZZ
NBRGM0501FCZZ
XRESP50-06000
XPSSP20-09000
NPLYZ0019QSZZ
PSHEP3029FCZZ
LHLDZ0102QSZ1
XEBS730P08000
NKOM-0007QSZZ
30
MLEVP0095QSZZ
32
33
VHPSG2481++-1
XEBS740P14000
34
MSPRC0153QSZZ
35
XWVS740-05000
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
EQ
DS
EQ
DJ
DJ
DJ
DJ
DD
EQ
EQ
EQ
DJ
DX
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
B
B
B
C
C
AC
DJ
AP
AX
AC
AA
AB
AA
AA
AE
AA
AC
AC
AC
EQ
FG
DJ
DJ
DJ
DD
DD
DJ
DD
DJ
DD
DJ
C
B
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
AD
DJ
AE
AB
DS
DD
B
C
AB
DJ
AA
DD
LPLTP0434QSZZ
AC
DJ
JKNBZ0009QSZZ
NBLTT0036QSZZ
NBRGC0017QSZZ
MSPRD0316QSZZ
LPLTP0324QSZZ
NROLR0097QSZZ
AE
AF
AC
AC
AH
AR
DJ
DS
DJ
DJ
DX
EQ
D
B
C
C
C
B
43
LPLTM0326QSZZ
AM
EG
44
PBRSS0008QSZ1
AH
DX
45
PGIDM0106QSZ1
AU
EZ
46
PSHEZ0454QSZZ
AB
DJ
47
PSHEZ0455QSZZ
AD
DJ
48
MSPRC0063QSZZ
AB
DJ
49
LX-WZ5002BCZZ
AA
DD
501
CGIDM0106RS53
BX
TF
DESCRIPTION
SPF
PS SPF
AN2R
R
RSPF harness
RSPF
Paper feed in detect sensor
Bearing
E type ring(E5)
E
Spring pin(2-9)
PS pulley
PS
Flange sheet DUP2
DUP2
Tension holder F
F
Screw(38)
Tension roller
TLPD
Photo sensor(SG2481)
Screw(414)
Washer
B1A
JAM release knob(24P)
JAM
Belt(B79MXL4.0)
Bearing
Tension spring F
F
Revers gate plate
Discharge brush
R
Paper feed paper guide sound proof cushion
Poly slider(6.2-12-0.5)
No.18 )
TR No.
Effective
time
63
1st lot
Update : 2009/11/16
5
46
47
44
42
43
45
21
28
11
21
47
20
28
18
22
41
48
23
36
35
37
12
40
24
38
28
24
25
17
34
32
26
30
19
22
23
33
18
13
39
27
23
49
22
14
23
29
28
16
15
PRP03933
501
64
65
Update : 2009/11/16
PARTS CODE
1
2
3
4
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
RMOTS0043QSPZ
DHAI-0467QSZZ
PTPE-0018QSZZ
XEBS730P08000
RPLU-0015QSP1
PSPO-0022QSZZ
XRESP40-06000
PSHEZ0414QSZZ
NBLTT0034QSZZ
NGERH0170QSZZ
NBRGM0501FCZZ
NGERH0116QSZ1
XEPS730P08X00
NGERH0117QSZZ
XPSSP20-09000
NPLYZ0019QSZZ
NBLTT0035QSZZ
PSHEP3029FCZZ
XRESP50-06000
BG
AP
AC
AC
AR
AB
AA
AB
AF
AD
AB
AD
AA
AK
AA
AE
AE
AA
AA
21
MSPRP0312QSZZ
22
23
XHBS730P08000
NBRGC0017QSZZ
24
NPLYZ0018QSZZ
25
26
27
28
29
31
32
PCLC-0032QSZZ
NKOM-0007QSZZ
MSPRT0317QSZZ
LHLDZ0103QSZZ
LPLTM0322QSZZ
LPLTM0323QSZ1
XBBS730P05000
34
MSPRC0418QSZZ
35
37
GT
EQ
DJ
DD
EQ
DJ
DD
DJ
DS
DJ
DJ
DJ
DD
DX
DD
DJ
DS
DD
DD
B
C
C
C
B
C
C
C
B
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
B
C
C
AD
DJ
AB
AC
DD
DJ
C
C
AE
DJ
AX
AC
AC
AC
AF
AG
AA
FG
DJ
DJ
DJ
DS
DX
DD
B
C
C
C
C
C
C
AC
DJ
XWHS760-08115
AA
DD
PTPE-0069QSZZ
AC
DJ
38
LX-WZ5002BCZZ
AA
DD
501
CGIDM0106RS53
BX
TF
DESCRIPTION
SPF TLPD
RSPF
PS
E
U
Screw(38)
Bearing
PS coupling pulley
PS
PS clutch SPF
PS SPF
Tension roller
Tension spring R
R
Tension holder R
R
Transport earth plate
Screw(35)
Poly slider(6.2-12-0.5)
TR No.
Effective
time
65
1st lot
Update : 2009/11/16
4
4
3
31
37
8
9
10
11
32
32
20
12
19
14
18
17
13
15
4
4
21
16
25
22
12
38
34
19
35
23
20
12
24
20
26
28
14
29
27
PRP03934
66
501
67
Update : 2009/10/16
PARTS CODE
XHBS740P10000
AA
DD
CPLTM0216QS01
AH
DX
Screw(410)
DID rail sub plate
AH
DX
PBRSR0021QSZ1
PBRSR0020QSZ1
LFRM-0047QSZZ
LFRM-0058QSZ1
MSPRT0229GCAZ
NROLP1122FCZZ
NROLR0056QSZ1
DHAI-0592QSPZ
MSPRD0218QSZ1
VHPGP1SQ44S-18
VHPGP1SQ73P-18
QSW-B0017QSZZ
NBRGM0501FCZZ
NGERH0111QSZZ
NGERH0110QSZZ
NGERH0112QSZZ
NBRGY2122SCZZ
AG
AH
AG
AG
AC
AF
AN
AH
AE
AK
AF
AF
AB
AC
AE
AC
AB
DS
DX
DX
DX
DJ
DS
EQ
DX
DS
EB
DS
DS
DJ
DJ
DJ
DJ
DD
B
B
D
D
C
C
C
C
C
B
B
B
C
C
C
C
C
2
CPLTM0216QS02
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
15
16
17
18
19
20
DESCRIPTION
21
PGIDM0164QSZZ
AQ
EQ
Discharger brush S
Discharger brush L
Delivery frame
Delivery frame R
FU spring R
PS upper roller
Delivery roller
2nd delivery harness
Delivery earth spring
Photo sensor(GP1SQ44S)
Photo sensor(GP1SQ73P)
Tray detect switch
Bearing
Drive gear A(25T)
Idle gear A(29T)
Drive gear B(25T)
Transport roller bearing
Delivery lower paper guide
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
NROLR0051QSZ1
LBSHZ0303FCZZ
XRESP40-06000
MLEVP0067QSZ2
XRESP50-06000
XHBS730P08000
XHBS740P10000
NSFTZ0117QSZZ
PCLR-0015QSZZ
NGERH0230QSZZ
XBPS740P08KS0
PSHEP0660QSZZ
(Unit)
AL
AC
AA
AD
AA
AB
AA
AE
AC
AC
AB
AB
EB
DJ
DD
DJ
DD
DD
DD
DS
DJ
DJ
DD
DJ
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
901
CGIDM0164RS51
BC
GJ
Effective
time
TR No.
DID
DID
S
L
R
FU R
PS
2nd
A
A
B
DUP
M C
E
21
09/08 Mid
1st lot
1st lot
33
28
32
4
3
30
10
11
29
8
31
18
17
26
16
5
8
8
19
12
20
15
27
13
21
25
22
28
26 16
24
PRP03935
27
67
23
68
Update : 2009/10/16
1
2
3
4
PARTS CODE
LSOU-0034QST3
GCOV-0042QST1
MLEVP0066QSZZ
XEBS730P08000
AY
AK
AD
AC
FQ
DX
DJ
DD
D
D
C
C
DESCRIPTION
TR No.
Effective
time
1st lot
68
PRP03936
69
Update : 2009/11/16
PARTS CODE
TINSE2026QSZZ
AY
FQ
TINSE2078QSZZ
BD
GN
TINSE2090QSZZ
BG
GX
TINSG2088QSZZ
BD
GN
TINSJ2031QSZZ
TINSE2027QSZZ
AY
AK
FQ
DX
D
D
TINSE2083QSZZ
AY
FQ
AR
EQ
TINSG2089QSZZ
TINSJ2032QSZZ
AK
EB
TINSJ2033QSZZ
AN
EQ
TINSJ2034QSZZ
CDSKA0261QS31
AW
AH
FG
DX
D
D
CDSKA0264QS31
AL
EB
CDSKA0265QS31
CDSKA0266QS31
CDSKA0267QS31
CDSKA0268QS31
AL
AL
AL
AL
EB
EB
EB
EB
D
D
D
D
TCADZ0049QSZZ
AH
DX
TCADS1693FCZZ
TCADZ0098QSZZ
AA
AF
DS
DS
D
D
CCADZ1518FC01
AB
DJ
CCADZ1561FC01
AK
DX
TGANE1001QCZB
QCNWG0013QSZZ
TKEIA0001QSZZ
SPAKA0484QSZZ
LX-BZ0015QSPZ
AC
AF
AE
BE
AF
DJ
DS
DJ
GN
DS
D
C
D
D
C
TCADZ0010QSZZ
AC
DJ
10
11
LHLDW1226FCZZ
TCADZ1275FCZZ
SSAKA3001CCZZ
SSAKA5003CCZZ
SSAKA2343QCZZ
SPAKA0134RSZZ
AB
AB
AA
AA
AA
AL
DJ
DJ
DD
DD
DD
EB
C
D
D
D
D
D
LBNDC0075FCZZ
AB
DJ
UBNDA0001FCZZ
AA
DD
SPAKA3914FCZZ
TLABZ0106RSZZ
AC
AF
DJ
DS
D
D
7
8
12
13
14
15
17
19
DESCRIPTION
Operation manual
[MX-M260/M310 English(North America)]
Operation manual
[English(Except North America,U.Kingdom)]
Operation manual
[Missing parts code]
[MX-M Series English(U.kingdom)]
Operation manual
[Missing parts code]
[German(Germany,Switzerland)]
Operation manual
[Japanese]
Operation manual(Copy/SPLC install guide) [English]
Operation manual(Copy/PCL install guide)
[English MX-M260N/M310N]
Operation manual(Copy/SPLC install guide)
[Missing parts code]
[German(Germany,Switzerland)]
Operation manual(Copy/SPLC install guide)
[Japanese MX-M260FG/M310FG]
Operation manual(Copy/SPDL install guide)
[Japanese MX-M260FP/M310FP]
Operation manual(FAX)
[Japanese]
CD-ROM
[MX-M260 North America]
CD-ROM
[Missing parts code]
[MX-M Series(Except North America)]
CD-ROM(PDL DISK1)
[MX-M260N/M310N]
CD-ROM(PDL DISK2)
[MX-M260N/M310N]
CD-ROM
[MX-M260FG/M310FG]
CD-ROM
[MX-M260FP/M310FP]
Installation report card
(Germany,Switzerland,Europe,East Europe)
Installation report card
(Japan)
Warranty card SUK
(U.kingdom)
Maintenance card EX
[MX-M260/M260N/M310/M310N,AR-5726/5731]
Maintenance card J
[MX-M260FG/M260FP/M310FG/M310FP]
SCA warranty
(Australia,New Zealand)
Line cable
(Japan)
Counter contract card
(Japan)
Bottom packing case
(Japan)
2/3 fixing screw
Fixing screw caution card
TR No.
1st lot
1st lot
1st lot
CD-ROM
CD-ROM
CD-ROM
CD-ROM
CD-ROM
CD-ROM
SUK
EX
J
SCA
2/3
Turn fastener
OC protect sheet
OC
AC cord band
(Except North America,Japan,India,
Special country,Philippines,,Malaysia,Singapore) AC
AC cord band
(India,Special country,,Malaysia,
Singapore,Argentina) AC
DV sleeve
(Japan) DV
LAG 4 label
(Argentina) LAG4
69
Effective
time
1st lot
Update : 2009/11/16
Japan
Except Japan
17
MX-M260(North America)
MX-M310(North America)
MX-M260FG,MX-M310FG
MX-M260FP,MX-M310FP
8
13
9
10
11
12
14
PRP03937
70
70
Update : 2009/10/16
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
14
901
PARTS CODE
GCOV-0075QSZ1
GCOV-0247FCZZ
PCUSS0032QSZZ
MHNG-0025QSTZ
XWVS740-05000
XEBS740P12000
MHNG-0026QSTZ
SSAKH3012KCZZ
(Unit)
CCOV-0075RS53
DESCRIPTION
TR No.
BB
AS
AW
BC
AA
AA
BC
AD
GD
EQ
FG
GD
DD
DD
GD
DJ
D
D
C
C
C
C
C
D
OC cover
OC stocker
OC mat
OC hinge R
Washer
Screw(412)
OC hinge L
Vinyl bag
OC
OC
OC
OC R
OC L
BK
HC
OC cover unit
OC
Effective
time
1
6
7
5
6
4
6
5
6
901
14
PRP03938
70
71
Update : 2009/10/16
1
2
3
6
7
9
10
11
12
14
15
16
PARTS CODE
SPAKA0088QSZZ
CFIX-0012RS54
SSAKZ0004QSZZ
SSAKH3012KCZZ
SPAKA0488QSZZ
SPAKA0487QSZZ
LSOU-0041QST1
SSAKA1341QCZZ
SPAK-545ECCZZ
SPAKA0622QSZZ
CCLEZ0020QS01
TLABS3760FCZZ
AE
AU
AA
AD
BK
BF
AP
AA
AA
AG
AK
AC
DS
EZ
DD
DJ
HG
GN
EQ
DD
DD
DX
EB
DJ
D
E
D
D
D
D
C
D
D
D
D
D
DESCRIPTION
TR No.
SPF
R
L
OC
SPF
CE
10
2
1
3
12
7
14
PRP03939
71
Effective
time
72
Update : 2009/10/16
1
2
3
4
7
9
10
PARTS CODE
XEBS740P10000
XHBS740P10000
SSAKA0006UCZZ
LHLDZ0149QSZZ
SSAK-4271CCZZ
SSAKA2540QCZZ
PSHEZ0665QSZZ
AA
AA
AA
AH
AD
AB
AC
DD
DD
DD
DX
DJ
DD
DJ
C
C
D
C
D
D
C
DESCRIPTION
Screw(410)
Screw(410)
Vinyl bag(5060)
2nd delivery holder
Vinyl bag(420690)
Vinyl bag(260560)
Optical frame sheet
TR No.
4
7
PRP03940
72
Effective
time
09/08 Mid
SHARP CORPORATION
Business Solutions Group
CS PROMOTION CENTER
Yamatokoriyama, Nara 639-1186, Japan
2009 November Printed in Japan t